Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / C&F Financial Corporation

C&F Financial Corporation

cffi · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cffi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 545
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · C&F Financial Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
39d09_1058 cvr rev:Layout 1  3/4/10  12:19 PM  Page 1

3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168
757-741-2201

802 Main Street
PO Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

www.cffc.com

39d09_1058 cvr rev:Layout 1  3/4/10  12:19 PM  Page 2

OUR VALUES

We Believe . . .

Excellence is the standard for all we do, achieved by encouraging and

nourishing: respect for others; honest, open communication; individual

development and satisfaction; a sense of ownership and responsibility for

the Corporation’s success; participation, cooperation and teamwork;

creativity, innovation, and initiative; prudent risk-taking; and recognition

and rewards for achievement.

We must conduct ourselves morally and ethically at all times and in 

all relationships.

We have an obligation to the well-being of all the communities we serve.

That our officers and staff are our most important assets, making the

critical difference in how the Corporation performs; and through their

work and effort, separates us from all competitors.

INVESTOR RELATIONS & FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C&F Financial Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, may be obtained without charge by vis-
iting the Corporation’s website at www.cffc.com. 

Copies of these documents can also be obtained without charge
upon written request. Requests for this or other financial infor-
mation about C&F Financial Corporation should be directed to:

Thomas Cherry
Executive Vice President, CFO & Secretary
C&F Financial Corporation
P.O. Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

STOCK LISTING
Current market quotations for the common
stock of C&F Financial Corporation are
available under the symbol CFFI.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
serves as transfer agent for the Corporation.
You may write them at: 

59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level
New York, NY 10038
telephone them toll-free at:

1-800-937-5449
or visit their website at:
www.amstock.com

C&F Annual Report // 2009  

C&F Annual Report // 2009

_1058 PAGES_REV:Layout 1  3/4/10  1:48 PM  Page 1

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(Dollars in thousands, except  
share and per share amounts)

Selected Year-End Balances:

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

Total assets

$ 883,430

$ 855,657 

$785,596 

$734,468 

$671,957 

Total shareholders’ equity

Total loans (net)

Total deposits

Summary of Operations:

Interest income

Interest expense

Net interest income

Provision for loan losses

Net interest income after 
provision for loan losses

Noninterest income

Noninterest expenses

Income before taxes

Income tax expense

Net income

Per share:

88,876

613,004 

606,630 

64,857 

633,017 

550,725 

65,224 

585,881 

527,571 

68,006 

517,843 

532,835 

60,086 

465,039 

495,438 

$  64,971

$ 64,130

$  64,825

$ 58,582

$ 48,770 

15,459 

49,512 

18,563 

30,949 

36,689

60,167

7,471

1,945

21,395 

42,735 

13,766 

28,969 

25,149 

49,320 

4,798 

617 

23,378 

41,447 

7,130 

34,317 

25,878 

48,371 

11,824 

3,344 

18,457 

40,125 

4,625 

35,500 

27,387 

45,328 

17,559 

5,430 

11,997 

36,773 

5,520 

31,253 

27,584 

41,868 

16,969 

5,181 

$

5,526 

$

4,181 

$ 8,480 

$ 12,129 

$ 11,788 

Earnings per common share—basic

Earnings per common share—
assuming dilution

Cash dividends–common stock

1.44 

1.44

1.06

1.38

1.37

1.24 

2.77

2.67

1.24 

3.85 

3.71

1.16 

3.49 

3.36

1.00 

Weighted average number of common shares—
assuming dilution

3,048,491

3,058,274

3,181,445

3,273,429

3,507,912

Significant Ratios:

Return on average assets

Return on average equity

Dividend payout ratio

0.50%

0.51%

1.13%

1.75%

1.82%

6.60

73.48

6.39

89.79

13.03

44.45

18.97

30.15

17.70

28.33

1 // C&F Annual Report // 2009  

_1058 PAGES_REV:Layout 1  3/4/10  1:48 PM  Page 2

the returns of our peers across the country,
which as of September 30th earned a return on
average equity of 1.72% and a return on average
assets of 0.10%.

Assets grew from $856 million at year-end 2008

to $888 million at year-end 2009 and deposits
increased from $551 million to $607 million. As
would be expected during times like these, loans
decreased, dropping from $633 million at year-end
2008 to $613 million at year-end 2009, as demand,
especially for commercial and small business
loans, greatly diminished and nonperforming
loans that were already on our books either had
to be written down or reclassified as “real estate
owned” due to foreclosures on the properties
securing those loans.

Capital jumped from $65 million at the end

of 2008 to $89 million at the end of 2009,
primarily as a result of taking advantage of the
government’s Capital Purchase Program. This was
an opportunity to increase capital that we saw as a
relatively inexpensive means to insure against
unforeseen events given the great turmoil in the
financial markets these past eighteen months.

Our Mortgage and Finance Companies

experienced solid profitability in 2009. While not
completely immune to the issues revolving around
the real estate crisis, our Mortgage Company
experienced a 42% increase in loan production
during 2009, going from $749 million in closed
loans in 2008 to $1.1 billion closed in 2009, as
they were bolstered by the wave of refinancing
and the sales of lower priced homes. This increase
in volume resulted in a jump in net income of
over 200%, going from $1.5 million in 2008 to
$3.4 million in 2009.

While one would think that our Finance
Company’s business, primarily non-prime auto
lending, would be negatively impacted by the
current economic conditions, it has actually
thrived. Our Finance Company enjoyed a strong
year in 2009 with net income of $4.8 million ver-
sus $2.7 million in 2008. Positively impacting this

Letter from the President

Larry G. Dillon

On behalf of the Board of Directors, I welcome
this opportunity to report the financial results of
your corporation and discuss the difficulties of
this past year, as well as the challenges and oppor-
tunities facing us in the year ahead. Without
question, 2009 was a difficult year for the United
States economy, the banking industry and C&F
Financial Corporation. At no time since the Great
Depression have we seen the near financial melt-
down experienced in the second half of 2008, with
the resulting negative impact on the 2009 econo-
my extending to such a wide range of businesses
and individuals, especially those having any
connection to real estate. This, in turn, had a very
negative effect on the financial sector.  

Despite all of the difficulties, I am pleased to

report that your corporation has continued to
experience overall positive financial results. Our
strategy of diversification served us well in 2009 as
our Mortgage and Finance Companies produced
strong earnings, while the results of our Retail
Bank reflected the negative effects of the signifi-
cant downturn in the real estate market, higher
FDIC assessments and lower fee income.

Net income was $5.5 million for the year versus

$4.2 million in 2008 producing a return on
average equity of 6.60% versus 6.39% in 2008 and
a return on average assets of 0.50% versus 0.51% in
2008. While these results are well below those that
we would typically hope to achieve, they reflect
favorably on the Corporation when compared to

2 // C&F Annual Report // 2009  

The greatest success
stories are the ones
achieved when times
are tough. Teams and
individuals that rise to
the occasion, facing
challenges head on, are
the ones that will be
the leaders going
forward. Our finance
company delivered
an outstanding
performance in a tough
economic year and
we’re fortunate to have
many such leaders
on our team. 

S. Dustin Crone
Executive Vice President
C&F Finance Company

past year were several things: our cost of funds
was significantly lower due to the decline in
short- term  interest rates; our average loans out-
standing increased from $170 million to $179
million; despite that growth, our net charge-offs
declined slightly due to improvements in under-
writing criteria (an initiative implemented several
years ago) and enhanced collection efforts; and,
the used car market was strong, thereby reducing
the loss per loan for repossessed vehicles. Our
Finance Company’s ratio of reserve for loan
losses to loans outstanding increased, going
from 7.31 percent at the end of 2008 to 7.89
percent at the end of 2009.

Our Retail Bank experienced a $2.2 million
loss for 2009 due to the effects of nonperforming
loans on interest income; a higher provision for
loan losses attributable to credit quality issues;
lower overdraft charges on deposit accounts
resulting from heightened customer sensitivity to
incurring such fees during these economic times;
higher assessments for FDIC deposit insurance;
and higher expenses related to nonperforming
loans and foreclosed properties.

The Bank’s nonperforming assets (on which
we do not accrue interest) decreased from $18.6
million at year-end 2008 to $17.2 million at the
end of 2009. This decrease was the result of pay
downs from the sale of the real estate securing the
loans; direct charge-offs; and the sale of foreclosed
properties. The largest component of the Bank’s
nonperforming loans was commercial loans
secured by residential real estate. We actively
monitor the credit risks within our loan portfolio
and when we deem ourselves to be inadequately
collateralized, attempt to obtain additional
collateral from the customer, have the customer
pay down the loan, or when necessary, write off a
sufficient portion of the asset to where the then-
current market value adequately covers the carry-
ing value on our books plus all selling costs. We
also regularly evaluate the appropriate level of the
reserve for losses for our loan portfolio. During
2009, despite charging off $3.9 million of loans,

we increased the size of the Bank’s reserve by $2.5
million. At year-end 2009, the ratio of our reserve
for loan losses to total loans increased to 2.01
percent from 1.36 percent at the end of 2008. We
believe that our higher reserve level is appropriate
for the estimated losses inherent in our loan
portfolio and are cautiously optimistic that our
credit actions taken during this past year will
contribute to lower loss provisions in 2010,
provided economic conditions do not deteriorate.

We, as well as all other banks, also experienced

a significant decline in our overdraft fee income
this past year as customers became more proactive
in managing financial transactions that could cost
them fees. This is an appreciated service to many
of our customers, and it is a service the customer
has the ability to avoid if he/she so chooses.
Should Congress greatly restrict this product
offering, which it is strongly considering, I believe
that other services banks give away today, for
example internet banking or bill-pay, may no
longer be free, as banks will have to find some
other means to replace that lost income.

Another increased expense impacting our
Retail Bank this past year, as well as all other
banks, has been FDIC deposit insurance
premiums. Three years ago, we expensed $60,000
for sour FDIC costs. During 2009, we paid the
FDIC $4.5 million to help replenish their reserves
which had been depleted by all the recent bank
failures. We expensed $1.3 million of that amount
in 2009, with the rest paid in advance for 2010
through 2012 and we may well be assessed
amounts beyond that.

When the FDIC announces the closing of a
bank and the subsequent pay off of depositors,
many in the public believe that it is the government
that is bearing that cost. It is not the government;
it is the banks that have paid the money in to the
FDIC deposit insurance fund. And it will be the
surviving banks that are left with the burden of
replenishing those reserves to adequate levels. The
government does serve as a “backstop,” but it is

3 // C&F Annual Report // 2009  

_1058 PAGES_REV:Layout 1  3/4/10  1:48 PM  Page 4

time of near panic to save the most safe and sound
banks, but it was not a bail-out. When we decided
to participate, we viewed it solely as an inexpensive
insurance policy for unforeseen events. Several
banks have repaid their Capital Purchase Program
funds; however, we continue to monitor the situa-
tion. Even though we are well-capitalized without
the Capital Purchase Program funds, we believe
it is our responsibility to ensure that our
Corporation is not put at risk. Until we are
confident that the financial crisis has passed, we
continue to believe that these funds are an eco-
nomical “insurance policy” for unforeseen events.

There is much discussion in Congress today
about the need for more regulatory oversight of
the banking industry and the need to create
another agency to protect the consumer. We
would agree that something needs to be done to
address the “too big to fail” banks, the oversight
of the derivatives markets, and the “financial”
institutions that are not subject to the consumer
regulations under which community banks
operate. In fact, there are many in Washington
who have no idea as to the consumer laws with
which community banks already must comply and
the extensive examinations that we already must
endure. Congress needs to understand the rules
that are already in place and who has to comply
with them and who does not before it legislates
new ones. If it is not careful, Congress will burden
community banks with so many regulations that
it will drive many of the smaller ones out of
business, as it will be too expensive to employ all
the staff necessary to know, understand and
comply with those regulations. We agree that new
regulations may be necessary, but it is for those
areas of the financial markets that currently are
under-regulated, not community banks.

While it is easy to dwell on the negatives
during times like these, there are many positives.
As mentioned earlier, our Mortgage and Finance
Companies had very strong results in 2009. In fact,
our Finance Company had record earnings and we
are optimistic that the trend will continue. We

the banking industry that has always funded the
FDIC to cover all bank closures.

While 2009 was a very tough year for the
banking industry, 2010 is not expected to be
significantly  better. Foreclosures are predicted to
increase and unemployment is unfortunately
predicted to be high for the next several years, as
it is expected that this recovery will be a very slow
one with employment picking up at probably the
slowest pace of any recession in the last 50 years.
Although we believe that housing prices may have
reached their bottom in our trade area, some are
predicting that they could still go a bit lower in
other parts of the country.  

It may not happen until late 2010 or early
2011, but inevitably short-term interest rates are
going to rise. This will negatively affect our
Finance Company as a significant portion of our
cost of funds is directly tied to short-term interest
rates. This will also impact the earnings at our
Retail Bank because the costs of our funding will
go up quicker than the increase in income on our
earning assets. And, it will impact the earnings
at our Mortgage Company as a rise in rates will
reduce refinancing activity and potentially
home purchases.

Perhaps as troubling as anything to us is the
damage that has been done over the last eighteen
months to the image of community banking.
Little distinction has been made between
community banks and the large investment banks,
mortgage banks and the “too big to fail” banks
that  created this crisis. Those institutions may
have been “bailed out,” but not community banks.
Certainly some, such as ours, participated in the
Capital Purchase Program, which was initiated at a

I am proud that C&F
Mortgage has weathered
the first half of a storm
that began in 2009;
the second half of that
storm is yet to come in
2010, and I believe we
have a talented group
of employees who are
focused on navigating
our customers and our
company through the
changes and challenges
of our industry. This
commitment will make
C&F Mortgage the best
place to get a mortgage,
to work as an employee,
and it will make
possible the best return
for shareholders.

Bryan E. McKernon
President 
C&F Mortgage Corporation

4 // C&F Annual Report // 2009  

_1058 PAGES_REV:Layout 1  3/4/10  1:48 PM  Page 5

The C&F Investment
Services team was
pleased to see the
recovery of the markets
in 2009 after the 2008
decline, which was
among the worst in
history. Our team of
Financial Advisors
worked hard with their
clients to achieve asset
diversification and
reduced risk. Many
challenges still face all
investors; now, more
than ever, the C&F
team is well-prepared to
help our clients mitigate
these challenges. 

Eric F. Nost
President 
C&F Investment 
Services, Inc.

believe that our charge-offs will hold steady if not
decline; loans outstanding should continue to
grow; and, there are opportunities to grow our
business in existing and new markets. While the
economic environment may not be as favorable for
the Mortgage Company for 2010, we continue to
strengthen our origination platform and to recruit
and hire new loan officers.

Our interest margins continued to improve
throughout 2009 at our Retail Bank. With interest
rates stabilizing, deposits have re-priced at lower
rates and we have been able to implement interest
rate floors on adjustable rate commercial loans
thereby increasing our loan yields. While we
expect real estate losses will remain elevated
for the near term, we believe our loan portfolio
will perform relatively well due to the actions
initiated during 2009.  

Our Retail Bank has always been known for
an accurate, convenient, and friendly customer
experience. We’ve been known for great service,
but we must get even better if we are to achieve
our goal of being the premier financial services
company in the markets we serve. A big part of
great service is having highly knowledgeable
employees, and that’s why efforts are underway to
strengthen our training curriculum and expecta-
tions. We are also continuing to explore strategies
to make it easier to do business with us.

Small businesses are the backbone of the

communities we serve, and that’s why we will also
work very hard to improve our service to them and
grow the bank by earning more of their business.
We know that when we help a small business
succeed, we also help the community succeed
through the employees that are hired and the
taxes that are  collected to pay for local infra-
structure like schools and roads.  

Continued focus on expense control will
also be a key part of further strengthening our
financial results. While it is important for us to
make sound investments for our future through
new markets, products, systems, talent, etc., it is

equally important to treat every dollar spent as if
it were our own. I am proud of the history our
Corporation has for being “tight” with the dollar
and I’ve asked our managers throughout the
corporation to continue this tradition.

As we have worked our way through these
troubling times, the Corporation’s Board of
Directors continued its policy of paying dividends
in 2009. While the quarterly rate was decreased
from 31 cents per share to 25 cents per share, our
dividend return to our shareholders compares very
favorably to that of our peer group.  

Although we are not through this crisis, we are

beginning to believe that we can see the light at
the end of the tunnel regarding our lending issues.
We may still experience a few surprises; however,
we feel that we have most of our problem loans
identified and given the information we have
today, properly reserved for. Barring any unfore-
seen events, we should see our need to put large
amounts into our reserve for loan losses
diminish, resulting in better income levels at
the Retail Bank.

We are going to be one of the surviving banks.

Although our results may not show it as well as
we would like, much was accomplished in 2009
to get us to where we are today. We are greatly
appreciative to our officers and staff throughout
the entire company for their dedication and hard
work and to our directors for their patience and
guidance. Thanks to you, our stockholders, as
well, for your support and loyalty as we guide this
company through these troubling times.

Sincerely,

Larry G. Dillon
Chairman, President & CEO

5 // C&F Annual Report // 2009  

_1058 PAGES_REV:Layout 1  3/4/10  1:48 PM  Page 6

C&F BANK RICHMOND BOARD

Jeffery W. Jones
Chairman & CEO
WFofR, Incorporated

S. Craig Lane
President
Lane & Hamner, P.C.

Harold M. McLeod III
Senior Vice President, Regional President
C&F Bank/Richmond

William E. O’Connell Jr.
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

Meade A. Spotts
President
Spotts, Fain, P.C.

Scott E. Strickler
Treasurer
Robins Insurance Agency, Inc.

C&F MORTGAGE CORPORATION
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

J. P. Causey Jr.
Executive Vice President,
Secretary & General Counsel
Canal Corporation

Larry G. Dillon
Chairman of the Board

James H. Hudson III
Attorney-at-Law
Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.

Bryan E. McKernon
President & CEO
C&F Mortgage Corporation

William E. O’Connell Jr.
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

Paul C. Robinson
Owner & President
Francisco, Robinson & Associates,
Realtors

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTANTS
Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.
Winchester, Virginia

CORPORATE COUNSEL
Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.
West Point, Virginia

Listed left to right: Joshua H. Lawson, Audrey D. Holmes, Bryan E. McKernon, Barry R. Chernack, Larry G. Dillon,
J. P. Causey Jr., Paul C. Robinson, C. Elis Olsson, William E. O’Connell Jr., James H. Hudson III 

C&F DIRECTORS & OFFICERS

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION / C&F BANK BOARD OF DIRECTORS

J. P. Causey Jr.*+
Executive Vice President,
Secretary & General Counsel
Canal Corporation

Barry R. Chernack*+
Retired Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Larry G. Dillon*+
Chairman, President & CEO
C&F Financial Corporation
Citizens and Farmers Bank

Audrey D. Holmes*+
Attorney-at-Law
Audrey D. Holmes, Attorney-at-Law

James H. Hudson III*+
Attorney-at-Law
Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.

* C&F Financial Corporation Board Member
+ C&F Bank Board Member

Joshua H. Lawson*+
President
Thrift Insurance Corporation

Bryan E. McKernon+
President & CEO
C&F Mortgage Corporation

William E. O’Connell Jr.*+
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

C. Elis Olsson*+
Director of Operations
Martinair, Inc.

Paul C. Robinson*+
Owner & President
Francisco, Robinson & Associates, Realtors

SANDSTON / VARINA ADVISORY BOARD

Robert A. Canfield
Attorney-at-Law
Canfield, Shapiro, Baer, Heller & Johnston

Reginald H. Nelson IV
Senior Partner
Colonial Acres Farm

John G. Ragsdale II
Business Owner
Sandston Cleaners

Philip T. Rutledge Jr.
Retired Deputy County Manager
County of Henrico

Sandra W. Seelmann
Real Estate Broker/Owner
Varina & Seelmann Realty

E. Ray Jernigan
Business Owner
Citizens Machine Shop

S. Floyd Mays
Insurance Agent/Owner
Floyd Mays Insurance

James M. Mehfoud
Pharmacist/Business Owner
Sandston Pharmacy

Robert F. Nelson Jr.
Professional Engineer
Engineering Design Associates

6 // C&F Annual Report // 2009  

_1058 PAGES_REV:Layout 1  3/4/10  1:48 PM  Page 7

C&F OFFICERS & LOCATIONS

C&F BANK
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES

802 Main Street
West Point, Virginia 23181
(804) 843-2360
3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168
(757) 741-2201

Larry G. Dillon*
Chairman, President & CEO

Thomas F. Cherry*
Executive Vice President, CFO & Secretary

Ronald P. Espy
Senior Vice President & Chief Lending Officer

Rodney W. Overby
Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer

Laura H. Shreaves
Senior Vice President & Director of 
Human Resources

Matthew H. Steilberg
Senior Vice President, Retail Banking

Christopher A. Spillare
First Vice President & Treasurer

E. Turner Coggin
Vice President, Senior Loan Underwriter

Sandra S. Fryer
Vice President, Application Support Manager

Deborah H. Hall
Vice President, Credit Administration

Donna M. Haviland
Vice President, Director of Internal Audit

Dollie M. Kelly
Vice President, Market Leader

James M. Lull
Vice President, Commercial Lending

Maureen B. Medlin
Vice President, Marketing

Deborah R. Nichols
Vice President, Quality Control

Graham S. Parlow
Vice President, Financial Reporting

Mary-Jo Rawson
Vice President & Controller

Helga H. Ridenhour
Vice President, 
Operations Manager

Teresa S. Weaver
Vice President, Market Leader

*Officers of C&F Financial Corporation

CHESTER, VIRGINIA
Mary Schoenfelder
Vice President & Branch Manager

HAMPTON, VIRGINIA
Holmes E. “Marty” Martin Jr.
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

MECHANICSVILLE, VIRGINIA
Elliot G. Jenkins
Branch Manager

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Kirsten E. D. Francis
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

NEWPORT NEWS, VIRGINIA
Jennifer D. Acevedo
Assistant Branch Manager

NORGE, VIRGINIA
Taryn R. Haden
Branch Manager

PROVIDENCE FORGE, VIRGINIA
James D. W. King
Vice President & Branch Manager

QUINTON, VIRGINIA
Van N. McPherson
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
West Broad Street
Patterson Avenue
T. Hurst Kelley
Branch Manager

VARINA, VIRGINIA
Mary Long
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

SALUDA, VIRGINIA
Elizabeth B. Faudree
Vice President & Branch Manager

SANDSTON, VIRGINIA
Katherine P. Buckner
Vice President & Branch Manager

WEST POINT, VIRGINIA
Main Street
14th Street
Donna T. Callis
Branch Manager

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Jamestown Road
Samuel G. Poole
Branch Manager
Longhill Road
Marci R. Clodfelter
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

YORKTOWN, VIRGINIA
Barrett J. Franklin
Branch Manager

CONSTRUCTION LENDING OFFICE
C&F Center
1400 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 858-8351
Terrence C. Gates
Vice President, Real Estate Construction

C&F BANK / RICHMOND
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
C&F Center
1340 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 378-0332
Harold M. McLeod III
Senior Vice President, Regional President
J. Charles Link
Senior Vice President, Commercial Lending
Tracy E. Pendleton
Vice President, Commercial Lending
David L. Shaffer
Vice President, Commercial Lending

C&F BANK / PENINSULA
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
One City Center
11815 Fountain Way, Suite 410
Newport News, Virginia 23606
(757) 952-1670
Vern E. Lockwood II
Senior Vice President, Regional President
David S. Jolley
Vice President, Commercial Lending
Lorie D. Sarrett
Vice President, Commercial Lending
Bonnie S. Smith
Vice President, Real Estate Lending
Joycelyn Spight
Vice President, Commercial Lending

C&F INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.
802 Main Street
West Point, Virginia 23181
(804)843-4584 or (800) 583-3863
Eric F. Nost
President

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Douglas L. Hartz
Vice President

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Bruce D. French
Assistant Vice President

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Douglas L. Cash Jr.
Vice President

7 // C&F Annual Report // 2009  

_1058 PAGES_REV:Layout 1  3/4/10  1:48 PM  Page 8

C&F OFFICERS & LOCATIONS

C&F TITLE AGENCY, INC.
Midlothian, Virginia
Eileen A. Cherry
Vice President & Title Insurance Underwriter

HOMETOWN SETTLEMENT
SERVICES LLC
Annapolis, Maryland

CERTIFIED APPRAISALS LLC
Midlothian, Virginia
H. Daniel Salomonsky
Vice President & Appraisal Manager

C&F FINANCE COMPANY
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
4660 South Laburnum Avenue
Richmond, Virginia 23231
(804) 236-9601
S. Dustin Crone
Executive Vice President
C. Shawn Moore
Senior Vice President
Michael K. Wilson
Senior Vice President & COO
Alfred D. Hinkle Jr.
Vice President, Human Resources
Thomas W. Young
Vice President, Operations

NORTHERN VIRGINIA/
MARYLAND REGION
Kevin F. Jones Jr.
Area Sales Manager

HAMPTON/VA BEACH, VIRGINIA
RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
EASTERN TENNESSEE
WEST VIRGINIA
NORTH CAROLINA
Pamela L. Austin
Regional Manager

NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE
CINCINNATI/NORTHERN KENTUCKY
ATLANTA, GEORGIA
INDIANA
J. Steven Davis
Area Sales Manager

LYNCHBURG, VIRGINIA
Shirley D. Falwell
Branch Manager

Andrew N. Shields
Branch Manager

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Brandon W. Beswick
Branch Manager–Southside

Glenda D. Steele
Branch Manager–Roanoke West

Susan P. Burkett
Vice President & Operations Manager

Donald R. Jordan
Vice President & 
Branch Manager–Richmond South

Daniel J. Murphy
Vice President & Branch Manager–Midlothian

Page C. Yonce
Vice President & 
Branch Manager–Richmond Central

NEWPORT NEWS, VIRGINIA
WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Linda H. Gaskins
Vice President & Branch Manager

Mary L. Rebholz
Production Manager

ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND
Michael J. Mazzola
Senior Vice President &
Maryland Area Manager

William J. Regan
Vice President & Branch Manager

ELLICOTT CITY, MARYLAND
Scott B. Segrist
Branch Manager
Robert G. Menton
Branch Manager

YORK, PENNSYLVANIA
Timothy C. Leiphart
Branch Manager

NEWPORT, DELAWARE
Craig I. Snyder
Branch Manager

MOORESTOWN, NEW JERSEY
R. Scott Wallace
Branch Manager

WALDORF, MARYLAND
Timothy J. Murphy
Branch Manager

C&F MORTGAGE CORPORATION
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
C&F Center
1400 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 858-8300

Bryan E. McKernon
President & CEO
Mark A. Fox
Executive Vice President & COO
Donna G. Jarratt
Senior Vice President & Chief of
Branch Administration
Kevin A. McCann
Senior Vice President & CFO
Tracy L. Bishop
Vice President & Human Resources Manager
M. Kathy Burley
Vice President & Closing Manager
Susan L. Driver
Vice President & Underwriting Manager
Madeline Witty
Compliance Manager
Michael J. Vogelbach
Manager of Information Systems
Katherine K. Watrous
Controller

CHARLOTTESVILLE, VIRGINIA
William E. Hamrick
Vice President & Branch Manager

CHESTER, VIRGINIA
Christopher M. Harper
Branch Manager

FREDERICKSBURG, VIRGINIA
Brian F. Whetzel
Branch Manager

R.W. Edmondson III
Branch Manager

CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA
Patrick B. Edmondson
Sales Manager

HANOVER, VIRGINIA
ROANOKE, VIRGINIA
John H. Reeves III
Vice President & Manager

FISHERSVILLE, VIRGINIA
Vickie J. Painter
Branch Manager

GASTONIA, NORTH CAROLINA
Nancy W. Poteat
Branch Manager

HARRISONBURG, VIRGINIA
Gloria J. Wright
Branch Manager

8 // C&F Annual Report // 2009  

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
 ( X )   

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 
or 

 (    ) 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 

For the transition period from _____________to_____________ 

Commission file number 000-23423 

  C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

   (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

Virginia 

54-1680165 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

802 Main Street 
West Point, VA 23181 
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (804) 843-2360 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share 
Title of each class 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
Name of each exchange on which registered 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  
NONE 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes (   )   No ( X ) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   

Yes (   )   No ( X ) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes ( X )   No (   ) 

 Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, 
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes (   )   No (   ) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    (   ) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a 
smaller  reporting  company.    See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  ”accelerated  filer”  and  “smaller  reporting 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer (   ) 

Accelerated Filer                  ( X ) 

Non-accelerated filer   (   ) 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company (   ) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes (   )   No ( X ) 

The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 

2009 was $47,805,747. 

There were 3,075,166 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 26, 2010. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement dated March 15, 2010 to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 20, 2010 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS ............................................................................................................................. page     1 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS .................................................................................................................... page   13 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ............................................................................... page   18 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES ........................................................................................................................ page   18 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ..................................................................................................... page   19 

ITEM 4. 

[RESERVED] ......................................................................................................................... page   19 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED 

  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF 
  EQUITY SECURITIES ...................................................................................................... page   20 

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ....................................................................................... page   21 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF 

  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ............................... page   22 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES 

  ABOUT MARKET RISK .................................................................................................  page   57 

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA .................................. page   60 

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS 
  ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ............................................ page   98 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES .................................................................................... page   98 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION ................................................................................................... page 101 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ........... page 101 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ....................................................................................... page 102 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 
  MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ............................. page 102 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND 

  DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE ....................................................................................... page 102 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ................................................... page 102 

PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES ................................................... page 103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

General 

C&F Financial Corporation (the Corporation) is a bank holding company that was incorporated in March 
1994 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.  The Corporation owns all of the stock of its sole operating 
subsidiary,  Citizens  and  Farmers  Bank  (C&F  Bank  or  the  Bank),  which  is  an  independent  commercial  bank 
chartered  under  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia.    The  Bank  originally  opened  for  business  under  the 
name  Farmers  and  Mechanics  Bank  on  January  22,  1927.    The  Bank  has  the  following  five  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries, all incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia: 

  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  Hometown  Settlement  Services  LLC  and 

Certified Appraisals LLC 

  C&F Finance Company 
  C&F Investment Services, Inc. 
  C&F Insurance Services, Inc.  
  C&F Title Agency, Inc. 

The Corporation operates in a decentralized manner in three principal business activities: (1) retail banking 
through C&F Bank, (2) mortgage banking through C&F Mortgage Corporation (C&F Mortgage) and (3) consumer 
finance through C&F Finance Company (C&F Finance).  The following general business discussion focuses on the 
activities within each of these segments. 

In  addition,  the  Corporation  conducts  brokerage  activities  through  C&F  Investment  Services,  Inc., 
insurance  activities  through  C&F  Insurance  Services,  Inc.  and  title  insurance  services  through  C&F  Title  Agency, 
Inc.    The  financial  position  and  operating  results  of  any  one  of  these  subsidiaries  are  not  significant  to  the 
Corporation as a whole and are not considered principal activities of the Corporation at this time. 

The  Corporation  also  owns  two  non-operating  subsidiaries,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  II  (Trust  II) 
formed  in  December  2007  and  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  I  (Trust  I)  formed  in  July  2005.    These  trusts  were 
formed  for  the  purpose  of  issuing  $10.0  million  each  of trust preferred capital securities in private placements to 
institutional  investors.  These trusts are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Corporation and their principal assets 
are  $10.3  million  each  of  the  Corporation’s  junior  subordinated  debt  securities  (referred  to  herein  as  “trust 
preferred capital notes”) that are reported as liabilities of the Corporation.  

Retail Banking 

We  provide  retail  banking  services  at  the  Bank’s  main  office  in  West  Point,  Virginia,  and  17  Virginia 
branches  located  one  each  in  Chester,  Hampton,  Mechanicsville,  Midlothian,  Newport  News,  Norge,  Providence 
Forge,  Quinton,  Saluda,  Sandston,  Varina,  West  Point  and  Yorktown,  and  two  each  in  Williamsburg  and 
Richmond.  These branches provide a wide range of banking services to individuals and businesses.  These services 
include  various  types  of  checking  and  savings  deposit  accounts,  as  well  as  business,  real  estate,  development, 
mortgage, home equity and installment loans.  The Bank also offers ATMs, internet banking, credit card and trust 
services,  as  well  as  travelers’  checks,  safe  deposit  box  rentals,  collection,  notary  public,  wire  service  and  other 
customary  bank  services  to  its  customers.    Revenues  from  retail  banking  operations  consist  primarily  of  interest 
earned on loans and investment securities and fees related to deposit services.  At December 31, 2009, assets of the 
Retail Banking segment totaled $739.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the net loss for this segment 
totaled $2.2 million. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage Banking 

We conduct mortgage banking activities through C&F Mortgage, which was organized in September 1995.  
C&F  Mortgage  provides  mortgage  loan  origination  services  through  11  locations  in  Virginia,  three  in  Maryland, 
two  in  North  Carolina  and  one  each  in  Newport,  Delaware;  Moorestown,  New  Jersey;  and  York,  Pennsylvania.  
The  Virginia  offices  are  located  one  each  in  Charlottesville,  Fishersville,  Fredericksburg,  Hanover,  Harrisonburg, 
Lynchburg, Midlothian, Newport News, Roanoke, Chester and Williamsburg.  The Maryland offices are located in 
Annapolis,  Ellicott  City  and  Waldorf.    The  North  Carolina  offices  are  located  in  Charlotte  and  Gastonia.    C&F 
Mortgage  offers  a  wide  variety  of  residential  mortgage  loans,  which  are  originated  for  sale  generally  to  the 
following investors: Bank of America, N.A.; Wells Fargo Home Mortgage; Franklin American Mortgage Company; 
the Virginia Housing Development Authority; and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.  C&F Mortgage does not securitize 
loans.    The  Bank  also  purchases  lot  and  permanent  loans  from  C&F  Mortgage.    C&F  Mortgage  originates 
conventional mortgage loans, mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the FHA), mortgage 
loans  partially  guaranteed  by  the  Veterans  Administration  (the  VA)  and  home  equity  loans.    A  majority  of  the 
conventional  loans  are conforming loans that qualify for purchase by the Federal National Mortgage Association 
(Fannie Mae) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac).  The remainder of the conventional 
loans are non-conforming loans that do not meet Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac guidelines, but are eligible for sale to 
various other investors.  Through its subsidiaries, C&F Mortgage also provides ancillary mortgage loan origination 
services  for  loan  settlement  and  residential  appraisals.    Revenues  from  mortgage  banking  operations  consist 
principally  of  gains  on sales of loans to investors in the secondary mortgage market, loan origination fee income 
and  interest  earned  on  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale.    At  December  31,  2009,  assets  of  the  Mortgage  Banking 
segment  totaled  $40.5  million.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  net  income  for  this  segment  totaled  $3.4 
million. 

Consumer Finance 

We conduct consumer finance activities through C&F Finance, which the Bank acquired on September 1, 
2002.  C&F Finance is a regional finance company providing automobile loans throughout Virginia and in portions 
of Indiana, Kentucky, Maryland, North Carolina, Ohio, Tennessee, Georgia and West Virginia through its offices in 
Richmond and Hampton, Virginia, in Nashville, Tennessee and in Towson, Maryland.  C&F Finance is an indirect 
lender that provides automobile financing through lending programs that are designed to serve customers in the 
“non-prime”  market  who  have  limited  access  to  traditional  automobile  financing.    C&F  Finance  generally 
purchases  automobile  retail  installment  sales  contracts  from  manufacturer-franchised  dealerships  with  used-car 
operations and through selected independent dealerships.  C&F Finance selects these dealers based on the types of 
vehicles  sold.    Specifically,  C&F  Finance  prefers  to  finance  later  model,  low  mileage  used  vehicles  because  the 
initial  depreciation  on  new  vehicles  is  extremely  high.    C&F  Finance’s  typical  borrowers  have  experienced  prior 
credit difficulties.  Because C&F Finance serves customers who are unable to meet the credit standards imposed by 
most  traditional  automobile  financing  sources,  C&F  Finance  typically  charges  interest  at  higher  rates  than  those 
charged  by  traditional  financing  sources.    As  C&F  Finance  provides  financing  in  a  relatively  high-risk  market,  it 
expects to experience a higher level of credit losses than traditional automobile financing sources.  Revenues from 
consumer  finance  operations  consist  principally  of  interest  earned  on  automobile  loans.    At  December  31,  2009, 
assets of the Consumer Finance segment totaled $193.8 million.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, net income 
for this segment totaled $4.8 million. 

Employees 

At December 31, 2009, we employed 509 full-time equivalent employees.  We consider relations with our 

employees to be excellent. 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competition 

Retail Banking 

In  the  Bank’s  market  area,  we  compete  with  large  national  and  regional  financial  institutions,  savings 
associations and other independent community banks, as well as credit unions, mutual funds, brokerage firms and 
insurance  companies.    Increased  competition  has  come  from  out-of-state  banks  through  their  acquisition  of 
Virginia-based banks and expansion of community and regional banks into our service areas. 

The  banking  business  in  Virginia,  and  in  the  Bank’s  primary  service  area  in  the  Hampton  to  Richmond 
corridor, is highly competitive for both loans and deposits, and is dominated by a relatively small number of large 
banks with many offices operating over a wide geographic area.  Among the advantages such large banks have are 
their  ability  to  finance  wide-ranging  advertising  campaigns  and,  by  virtue  of  their  greater  total  capitalization,  to 
have substantially higher lending limits than the Bank.  

Factors  such  as  interest  rates  offered,  the  number  and  location  of  branches  and  the  types  of  products 
offered,  as  well  as  the  reputation  of  the  institution  affect  competition  for  deposits  and  loans.    We  compete  by 
emphasizing  customer  service  and  technology,  establishing  long-term  customer  relationships,  building  customer 
loyalty, and providing products and services to address the specific needs of our customers.  We target individual 
and small-to-medium size business customers. 

No material part of the Bank’s business is dependent upon a single or a few customers, and the loss of any 

single customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon the Bank’s business. 

Mortgage Banking 

C&F Mortgage competes with large national and regional banks, credit unions, smaller regional mortgage 
lenders and small local broker operations.  As loan volumes have decreased over the past five years, the industry 
has seen a consolidation in the number of competitors in the marketplace.  However, the competition with regard 
to  price  has  increased  tremendously  as  the  remaining  participants  struggle  to  achieve  volume  and  profitability 
benchmarks.    The  downturn  in  the  housing  markets  related  to  declines  in  real  estate  values,  increased  payment 
defaults and foreclosures have had a dramatic effect on the secondary market.  The guidelines surrounding agency 
business (i.e., loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac) have become much more restrictive and the associated 
mortgage  insurance  for  loans  above  80  percent  loan-to-value  has  continued  to  tighten.    The  jumbo  markets  have 
slowed  considerably  and  pricing  has  increased  dramatically.    These  changes  in  the  conventional  market  have 
caused  a  dramatic  increase  in  government  lending  and  state  bond  programs.    To  operate  profitably  in  this 
environment, lenders must have a high level of operational and risk management skills and be able to attract and 
retain top mortgage origination talent.  C&F Mortgage competes by attracting the top sales people in the industry, 
providing  an  operational  infrastructure  that  manages  the  guideline  changes  efficiently  and  effectively,  offering  a 
product menu that is both competitive in loan parameters as well as price, and providing consistently high quality 
customer service levels. 

No  material  part  of  C&F  Mortgage’s  business  is  dependent  upon  a  single  customer  and  the  loss  of  any 
single customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon C&F Mortgage’s business.  C&F Mortgage, like all 
residential mortgage lenders, would be impacted by the inability of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the FHA or the VA 
to purchase loans.  Although C&F Mortgage sells loans to various intermediaries, the ability of these aggregators to 
purchase loans would be limited if these government-sponsored entities were to cease to exist or materially limit 
their purchases of mortgage loans. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Finance 

The  non-prime  automobile  finance  business  is  highly  competitive.    The  automobile  finance  market  is 
highly fragmented and is served by a variety of financial entities, including the captive finance affiliates of major 
automotive manufacturers, banks, savings associations, credit unions and independent finance companies.  Many 
of  these  competitors  have  substantially  greater  financial  resources  and  lower  costs  of  funds  than  our  finance 
subsidiary.    In  addition,  competitors  often  provide  financing  on  terms  that  are  more  favorable  to  automobile 
purchasers  or  dealers  than  the  terms  C&F  Finance  offers.    Many  of  these  competitors  also  have  long-standing 
relationships with automobile dealerships and may offer dealerships or their customers other forms of financing, 
including dealer floor plan financing and leasing, which we do not. 

Over  the  past  two  years,  there  has  been  significant  contraction  in  the  number  of  institutions  providing 
automobile  financing  for  the  non-prime  market.    This  contraction  accompanied  the  economic  downturn  and  the 
tightening of credit, which contributed to increasing defaults, a decline in collateral values and higher charge-offs.  
To  operate  profitably  in  this  environment,  lenders  must  have  a  high  level  of  operational  and  risk  management 
skills. 

Providers  of  automobile  financing  traditionally  have  competed  on  the  basis  of  interest  rates  charged,  the 
quality  of  credit  accepted,  the  flexibility  of  loan  terms  offered  and  the  quality  of  service  provided  to  dealers and 
customers.  To establish C&F Finance as one of the principal financing sources at the dealers it serves, we compete 
predominately  through  a  high  level  of  dealer  service,  strong  dealer  relationships  and  by  offering  flexible  loan 
terms. 

No material part of C&F Finance’s business is dependent upon any single dealer relationship, and the loss 

of any single dealer relationship would not have a materially adverse effect upon C&F Finance’s business. 

Regulation and Supervision 

General 

Bank  holding  companies  and  banks  are  extensively  regulated  under  both  federal  and  state  law.    The 
following summary briefly describes the more significant provisions of currently applicable federal and state laws 
and  certain  regulations  and  the  potential  impact  of  such  provisions  on  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank.    This 
summary  is  not  complete,  and  we  refer  you  to  the  particular  statutory  or  regulatory  provisions  or  proposals  for 
more  information.    Because  federal  regulation  of  financial  institutions  changes  regularly  and  is  the  subject  of 
constant  legislative  debate,  we  cannot  forecast  how  federal  regulation  of  financial  institutions  may  change  in  the 
future and affect the Corporation’s and the Bank’s operations. 

Regulation of the Corporation 

The  Corporation  must  file  annual,  quarterly  and  other  periodic  reports  with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (the SEC).  The Corporation is directly affected by the corporate responsibility and accounting reform 
legislation signed into law on July 30, 2002, known as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the SOX Act), and the related 
rules and regulations.  The SOX Act includes provisions that, among other things:  (1) require that periodic reports 
containing  financial  statements  that  are  filed  with  the  SEC  be  accompanied  by  chief  executive  officer  and  chief 
financial officer certifications as to their accuracy and compliance with the law; (2) prohibit public companies, with 
certain  limited  exceptions,  from  making  personal  loans  to  their  directors  or  executive  officers;  (3)  require  chief 
executive  officers  and  chief  financial  officers  to  forfeit  bonuses  and  profits  if  company  financial  statements  are 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
restated due to misconduct; (4) require audit committees to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided 
by  an  issuer’s  outside  auditors,  except  for  de  minimis  non-audit  services;  (5)  protect  employees  of  public 
companies who assist in investigations relating to violations of the federal securities laws from job discrimination; 
(6) require companies to disclose in plain English on a “rapid and current basis” material changes in their financial 
condition  or  operations,  as  well  as  certain  other  specified  information;  (7)  require  a  public  company’s  Section  16 
insiders to make Form 4 filings with the SEC within two business days following the day on which purchases or 
sales of the company’s equity securities were made; and (8) increased penalties for existing crimes and created new 
criminal  offenses.    While  the  Corporation  has  incurred  additional  expenses  and  we  expect  to  continue  to  incur 
additional  expenses  in  complying  with  the  requirements  of  the  SOX  Act  and  related  regulations  adopted  by  the 
SEC  and  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board,  we  anticipate  that  those  expenses  will  not  have  a 
material effect on the Corporation’s results of operations or financial condition. 

The Corporation is also subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the 
Federal Reserve Board).  The Federal Reserve Board has jurisdiction to approve any bank or non-bank acquisition, 
merger  or  consolidation  proposed  by  a  bank  holding  company.    The  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956  (the 
BHCA) generally limits the activities of a bank holding company and its subsidiaries to that of banking, managing 
or controlling banks, or any other activity that is closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks.   

Since September 1995, the BHCA has permitted bank holding companies from any state to acquire banks 
and  bank  holding  companies  located  in  any  other  state,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  including  nationwide  and 
state imposed concentration limits.  Banks also are able to branch across state lines, provided certain conditions are 
met,  including  that  applicable  state  laws  expressly  permit  such  interstate  branching.    Virginia  permits  branching 
across state lines, provided there is reciprocity with the state in which the out-of-state bank is based. 

Federal  law  and  regulatory  policy  impose  a  number  of  obligations  and  restrictions  on  bank  holding 
companies and their depository institution subsidiaries to reduce potential loss exposure to the depositors and to 
the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  FDIC)  insurance  funds.    For  example,  a  bank  holding  company 
must  commit  resources  to  support  its  subsidiary  depository  institutions.    In  addition,  insured  depository 
institutions under common control must reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the 
Deposit  Insurance  Fund  (DIF)  as  a  result  of  the  default  of  a  commonly  controlled  insured  depository  institution.  
The FDIC may decline to enforce the provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the DIF.  An 
FDIC  claim  for  damage  is  superior  to  claims  of  stockholders  of  an  insured  depository  institution  or  its  holding 
company but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt, other than 
affiliates, of the commonly controlled insured depository institution. 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the FDIA) provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other 
resolution  of  any  insured  depository  institution  must  be  distributed,  after  payment  of  secured  claims,  to  pay  the 
deposit  liabilities  of  the  institution  before  payment  of  any  other  general  creditor  or  stockholder.    This  provision 
would  give  depositors  a  preference  over  general  and  subordinated  creditors  and  stockholders  if  a  receiver  is 
appointed to distribute the assets of the Bank.   

The  Corporation  also  is  subject  to  regulation  and  supervision  by  the  State  Corporation  Commission  of 

Virginia.   

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Requirements 

The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital 
guidelines applicable to banking organizations they supervise.  Under the risk-based capital requirements of these 
federal bank regulatory agencies, the Corporation and the Bank are required to maintain a minimum ratio of total 
capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 
of  at  least  4.0  percent.    At  least  half  of  the  total  capital  must  be  Tier  1  capital,  which  includes  common  equity, 
retained  earnings  and  qualifying  perpetual  preferred  stock,  less  certain  intangibles  and  other  adjustments.    The 
remainder  may  consist  of  Tier  2  capital,  such  as  a  limited  amount  of  subordinated  and  other  qualifying  debt 
(including certain hybrid capital instruments), other qualifying preferred stock and a limited amount of the general 
loan  loss  allowance.    For  the  Corporation  only,  Tier  1  and  total  capital  include  trust  preferred  securities.    At 
December 31, 2009, the total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of the Corporation was 15.9 percent and the ratio 
of the Bank was 15.4 percent.  At December 31, 2009, the Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 14.6 percent 
for the Corporation and 14.1 percent for the Bank. 

In  addition,  each  of  the  federal  regulatory  agencies  has  established  leverage  capital  ratio  guidelines  for 
banking organizations.  These guidelines provide for a minimum Tier l leverage ratio of 4.0 percent for banks and 
bank holding companies.  At December 31, 2009, the Tier l leverage ratio was 11.5 percent for the Corporation and 
11.1 percent for the Bank.  The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or 
making acquisitions must maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without 
significant reliance on intangible assets. 

On January 9, 2009, as part of the Capital Purchase Program (Capital Purchase Program) established by the 
U.S. Department of the Treasury (Treasury) under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the EESA), as 
discussed below, the Corporation issued and sold to Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $20.0 million in 
cash (1) 20,000 shares of the Corporation’s fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series A, par value $1.00 
per share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (Series A Preferred Stock) and (2) a ten-year warrant 
to purchase up to 167,504 shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share (Common Stock), at 
an  initial  exercise  price  of  $17.91  per  share  (Warrant).    The  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  has  been  treated  as  Tier  1 
capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes as of December 31, 2009. 

Limits on Dividends 

The Corporation is a legal entity, separate and distinct from the Bank.  A significant portion of the revenues 
of the Corporation result from dividends paid to it by the Bank.  Both the Corporation and the Bank are subject to 
laws and regulations that limit the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital at or above 
regulatory  minimums.    Banking  regulators  have  indicated  that  Virginia  banking  organizations  should  generally 
pay dividends only (1) from net undivided profits of the bank, after providing for all expenses, losses, interest and 
taxes accrued or due by the bank and (2) if the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the 
organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.  In addition, the FDIA prohibits insured 
depository institutions such as the Bank from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, 
after making such distribution, the institution would become undercapitalized as defined in the statute. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  do  not  expect  that  any  of  these  laws,  regulations  or  policies  will  materially  affect  the  ability  of  the 
Corporation  or  the  Bank  to  pay  dividends.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  the  Bank  declared  $4.2 
million  in  dividends  payable  to  the  Corporation,  which  were  used  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  Corporation’s  debt 
service and dividends payable to common and preferred shareholders. 

Payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Corporation’s board of directors and is subject to various 
federal and state regulatory limitations.  The purchase agreement pursuant to which the Series A Preferred Stock 
and the Warrant were sold includes a limitation that prohibits, prior to the earlier of January 9, 2012 or the date on 
which Treasury no longer holds any of the Series A Preferred Stock, the payment of cash dividends in excess of the 
Corporation’s  quarterly  cash  dividend  at  the  time  of  issuance  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  of  $0.31  per  share 
without the Treasury’s consent. 

Economic Emergency Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA) and the American Recovery & Reinvestment Act of 2009 
(ARRA) 

In October 2008, the EESA was signed into law, which provided immediate authority and facilities that the 
Treasury  could  use  to  restore  liquidity  and  stability  to  the  financial  system.    Specifically,  Section  101  of  EESA 
established  the  Troubled  Asset  Relief  Program  (TARP)  to  purchase,  and  to  make  and  fund  commitments  to 
purchase,  troubled  assets  from  any  financial  institution,  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  are  determined  by  the 
Secretary of the Treasury, and in accordance with EESA and the policies and procedures developed and published 
by the Secretary of the Treasury.  Section 111 of EESA provides that entities that receive financial assistance from 
Treasury under TARP will be subject to specified executive compensation and corporate governance standards to 
be  established  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.    The  statutory  language  in  EESA  includes  three  limitations  on 
executive  compensation  for  TARP  recipients  involved  in  a  direct  purchase.    On  February  17,  2009,  the  President 
signed  the  ARRA  into  law.    ARRA  contains  a  number  of  restrictions  on  executive  and  highly-paid  employee 
compensation for those institutions that have received, or will receive, government assistance under TARP that are 
considerably more restrictive and far-reaching than the limited restrictions included in EESA.   

On June 10, 2009, the Treasury released regulations in an Interim Final Rule (IFR) that sets standards for 
complying with the executive compensation and corporate governance provisions for TARP recipients contained in 
EESA,  as  amended  by  ARRA.    The  standards  for  compensation  and  corporate  governance  established  in  the  IFR 
are:    (1)  prohibits  the  payment  or  accrual  of  bonus,  retention  award  and  incentive  compensation    (with  the 
exception of limited amounts of restricted stock) for specified individuals, depending upon the level of government 
assistance  received  by  the  institution;  (2)  prohibits  making  any  golden  parachute  payments  to  a  senior  executive 
officer  (SEO)  or  any  of  the  next  five  most  highly  compensated  employees (MHCE); (3) prohibits tax gross-ups to 
SEOs  and  any  of  the  next  20  MHCEs;  (4)  provides  for  the  recovery  of  any  bonus,  incentive  compensation,  or 
retention  award  paid  to  a  SEO  or  the  next  20  MHCEs  based  on  materially  inaccurate  statements  of  earnings, 
revenues,  gains,  or  other  criteria  (clawback);  (5)  requires  the  establishment  of  a  compensation  committee  of 
independent directors to meet semi-annually to review employee compensation plans and the risks posed by these 
plans to the institution; (6) limits compensation to exclude incentives for SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive 
risk  that  threaten  the  value  of  the  institution  and  eliminate  features  of  employee  compensation  plans  that  pose 
unnecessary  risks  to  the  institution;  (7)  prohibits  employee  compensation  plans  that  would  encourage 
manipulation  of  earnings  to  enhance  an  employee’s  compensation;  (8)  requires  the  adoption  of  an  excessive  or 
luxury  expenditures  policy;  (9)  requires  compliance  with  federal  securities  laws  and  regulations  regarding  non-
binding  resolution  on  SEO  compensation  to  shareholders;  (10)  requires  disclosure  of  perquisites  offered  to  SEOs 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and  certain  highly  compensated  employees;  and  (11)  requires  disclosures  related  to  compensation  consultant 
engagements. 

Regulation of the Bank and Other Subsidiaries 

The  Bank  is  subject  to  supervision,  regulation  and  examination  by  the  Virginia  State  Corporation 
Commission Bureau of Financial Institutions (VBFI) and the FDIC.  The various laws and regulations administered 
by the regulatory agencies affect corporate practices, such as the payment of dividends, the incurrence of debt and 
the acquisition of financial institutions and other companies, and affect business practices, such as the payment of 
interest on deposits, the charging of interest on loans, the types of business conducted and the location of offices. 

FDIA and Associated Regulations.  Section 36 of the FDIA and associated regulations require management of 
every  insured  depository  institution  with  total  assets  between  $500  million  and  $1  billion  at  the  beginning  of  a 
fiscal year to obtain an annual audit of its financial statements by an independent public accountant, report to the 
banking  agencies  on  the  institution’s  compliance  with  designated  laws  and  regulations  and  establish  an  audit 
committee comprised of outside directors, at least a majority of whom must be independent of management.  The 
Bank is subject to the annual audit, reporting and audit committee requirements of Section 36 of the FDIA. 

Community  Reinvestment  Act.    The  Community  Reinvestment  Act  (CRA)  imposes  on  financial  institutions 
an  affirmative  and  ongoing  obligation  to  meet  the  credit  needs  of  their  local  communities,  including  low  and 
moderate-income  neighborhoods,  consistent  with  the  safe  and  sound  operation  of  those  institutions.    A  financial 
institution’s efforts in meeting community credit needs are assessed based on specified factors.  These factors also 
are  considered  in  evaluating  mergers,  acquisitions  and  applications  to  open  a  branch  or  facility.    Following  the 
Bank’s most recent completed compliance examination in July 2006, it received a CRA performance evaluation of 
“satisfactory.” 

Insurance  of  Accounts,  Assessments  and  Regulation  by  the  FDIC.    The  Bank’s  deposits  are  insured  up  to 
applicable  limits  by  the  DIF  of  the  FDIC.    The  FDIC  amended  its  risk-based  assessment  system  in  2007  to 
implement  authority  granted  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Reform  Act  of  2005  (FDIRA).    Under  the  revised 
system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory 
capital levels and certain other factors.  An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is 
assigned.    Unlike  the  other  categories,  Risk  Category  I,  which  contains  the  least  risky  depository  institutions, 
contains further risk differentiation based on the FDIC’s analysis of financial ratios, examination component ratings 
and other information.  Assessment rates are determined by the FDIC and, for calendar 2008, assessments ranged 
from five to 43 basis points of each institution’s deposit assessment base.  Due to losses incurred by the DIF in 2008 
from  failed  institutions,  and  anticipated  future  losses,  the  FDIC  adopted  an  across  the  board  seven  basis  point 
increase in the assessment range for the first quarter of 2009.  The FDIC made further refinements to its risk-based 
assessment that were effective April 1, 2009, and effectively made the range seven to 771/2 basis points.  The FDIC 
may adjust rates uniformly from one quarter to the next, except that no single adjustment can exceed three basis 
points. 

FDIRA  also  provided  for  a  one-time  credit  for  eligible  institutions  based  on  their  assessment  base  as  of 
December 31, 1996.  Subject to certain limitations with respect to institutions that are exhibiting weaknesses, credits 
can  be  used  to  offset  assessments  until  exhausted.    The  Bank’s  one-time  credit  was  $297,000,  all  of  which  was 
applied  to  offset  assessments  in  2008  and  2007.    FDIRA  also  provided  for  the  possibility  that  the  FDIC  may  pay 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
dividends  to  insured  institutions  if  the  DIF  reserve  ratio  equals  or  exceeds  1.35  percent  of  estimated  insured 
deposits. 

The  EESA  temporarily  raised  the  basic  limit  on  federal  deposit  insurance  coverage  from  $100,000  to 
$250,000 per depositor.  The legislation originally provided that the basic deposit insurance limit would return to 
$100,000 after December 31, 2009.  However, Congress extended the temporary increase in the standard insurance 
coverage  limit  to  $250,000  until  December  31,  2013.    The  legislation  did  not  change  coverage  for  retirement 
accounts, which continues to be $250,000. 

In  November  2008,  the  FDIC  adopted  a  final  rule  implementing  the  Temporary  Liquidity  Guarantee 
Program  (TLGP)  because  of  disruptions  in  the  credit  market,  particularly  the  interbank  lending  market,  which 
reduced banks’ liquidity and impaired their ability to lend.  The goal of the TLGP is to decrease the cost of bank 
funding so that bank lending to consumers and businesses will normalize.  The TLGP is industry funded and does 
not rely on the DIF to achieve its goals.  The TLGP consists of two components:  a temporary guarantee of certain 
newly-issued senior unsecured debt (the Debt Guarantee Program) and a temporary unlimited guarantee of funds 
in  noninterest-bearing  transaction  accounts  at  FDIC-insured  institutions  (the  Transaction  Account  Guarantee 
Program).    The  Corporation  is  participating  in  both  of  these  programs  and  will  be  required  to  pay  assessments 
associated with the TLGP as follows: 

  Under the Debt Guarantee Program, all newly-issued senior unsecured debt (as defined in the regulation) 
will  be  charged  an  annualized  assessment  of  up  to  100  basis  points  (depending  on  debt  term)  on  the 
amount of debt issued, and calculated through the earlier of the maturity date of that debt or December 31, 
2012  (extended  by  subsequent  amendment  from  June  30,  2012).    The  Corporation  has  thus  far  issued  no 
such senior unsecured debt and has incurred no assessments under the Debt Guarantee Program. 

  Under  the  Transaction  Account  Guarantee  Program,  amounts  exceeding  the  existing  deposit  insurance 
limit  of  $250,000  in  any  noninterest-bearing  transaction  accounts  (as  defined  in  the  regulation)  will  be 
assessed an annualized 10 basis points collected quarterly for coverage through December 31, 2009.  This 
program  has  been  extended  until  June  30,  2010  and  participating  institutions  will  be  assessed  an 
annualized 15 basis points for coverage in 2010.  The Corporation has customer accounts that qualify for 
this  coverage  and  has  opted  to  continue  its  participation  until  June  30,  2010.    The  Corporation  has  been 
incurring assessment charges since November 13, 2008. 

On  May  22,  2009,  the  FDIC  adopted  a  final  rule  imposing  a  five  basis  point  special  assessment  on  each 
insured  depository  institution’s  assets  minus  Tier  1  capital  as  of  June  30,  2009.    The  assessment  was  part  of  the 
FDIC’s efforts to rebuild the DIF and help maintain public confidence in the banking system.  The Corporation was 
assessed $391,000, all of which was expensed in 2009. 

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule requiring insured depository institutions to prepay 
their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012, 
on December 31, 2009, along with each institution’s risk-based deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter of 
2009.  The prepayment was based on an institution’s assessment rate and assessment base for the third quarter of 
2009, assuming a five percent annual growth in deposits each year.  While the FDIC plan would maintain current 
assessment rates through 2010, effective January 1, 2011, the rates would increase by three basis points across the 
board.  On December 30, 2009, the Corporation prepaid $3.2 million of FDIC assessments. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  Atlanta.    The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  (FHLB)  of 
Atlanta,  which  is  one  of  12  regional  FHLBs  that  provide  funding  to  their  members  for  making  housing  loans  as 
well as for affordable housing and community development loans.  Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, 
for  the  members  within  its  assigned  region.    Each  is  funded  primarily  from  proceeds  derived  from  the  sale  of 
consolidated obligations of the FHLB System.  Each FHLB makes loans to members in accordance with policies and 
procedures established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB.  As a member, the Bank must purchase and maintain 
stock  in  the  FHLB.    In  2004,  the  FHLB  converted  to  its  new  capital  structure,  which  established  the  minimum 
capital stock requirement for member banks as an amount equal to the sum of a membership requirement and an 
activity-based requirement.   In 2009, the FHLB imposed a temporary suspension of repurchases of excess capital.  
At December 31, 2009, the Bank owned $3.9 million of FHLB stock. 

USA  Patriot  Act.    The  USA  Patriot  Act,  which  became  effective  on  October  26,  2001,  amends  the  Bank 
Secrecy Act and is intended to facilitate information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions 
for  the  purpose  of  combating  terrorism  and  money  laundering.    Among  other  provisions,  the  USA  Patriot  Act 
permits  financial  institutions,  upon  providing  notice  to  the  Treasury,  to  share  information  with  one  another  in 
order  to  better  identify  and  report  to  the  federal  government  activities  that  may  involve  money  laundering  or 
terrorists’ activities.  The USA Patriot Act is considered a significant banking law in terms of information disclosure 
regarding  certain  customer  transactions.    Certain  provisions  of  the  USA  Patriot  Act  impose  the  obligation  to 
establish anti-money laundering programs, including the development of a customer identification program, and 
the  screening  of  all  customers  against  any  government  lists  of  known  or  suspected  terrorists.    Although  it  does 
create a reporting obligation and there is a cost of compliance, the USA Patriot Act does not materially affect the 
Bank’s products, services or other business activities. 

Reporting  Terrorist  Activities.    The  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  (FBI)  has  sent,  and  will  send,  banking 
regulatory  agencies  lists  of  the  names  of  persons  suspected  of  involvement  in  terrorist  activities.    The  Bank  has 
been requested, and will be requested, to search its records for any relationships or transactions with persons on 
those  lists.    If  the  Bank  finds  any  relationships  or  transactions,  it  must  file  a  suspicious  activity  report  with  the 
Treasury and contact the FBI. 

The Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), which is a division of the Treasury, is responsible for helping 
to insure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined 
by  various  Executive  Orders  and  Acts  of  Congress.    OFAC  sends  banking  regulatory  agencies  lists  of  names  of 
persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts.  If the Bank finds a name on 
any  transaction,  account  or  wire  transfer  that  is  on  an  OFAC  list,  it  must  freeze  such  account,  file  a  suspicious 
activity  report  with  the  Treasury  and  notify  the  FBI.    The  Bank  has  appointed  an  OFAC  compliance  officer  to 
oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications.  The Bank actively checks high-risk areas 
such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files.  The Bank performs these checks utilizing software that is 
updated  each  time  a  modification  is  made  to  the  lists  of  Specially  Designated  Nationals  and  Blocked  Persons 
provided by OFAC and other agencies. 

Mortgage Banking Regulation.  In addition to certain of the Bank’s regulations, the Corporation’s Mortgage 
Banking  segment  is  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of,  and  examination  by  the  Department  of  Housing  and 
Urban  Development  (HUD),  the  FHA,  the  VA  and  state  regulatory  authorities  with  respect  to  originating, 
processing  and  selling  mortgage  loans.    Those  rules and regulations, among other things, establish standards for 
loan origination, prohibit discrimination, provide for inspections and appraisals of property, require credit reports 
on prospective borrowers and, in some cases, restrict certain loan features and fix maximum interest rates and fees.  

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to other federal laws, mortgage origination activities are subject to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, 
Truth-in-Lending  Act,  Home  Mortgage  Disclosure  Act,  Real  Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act,  and  Home 
Ownership  Equity  Protection  Act,  and  the  regulations  promulgated  under  these  acts.    These  laws  prohibit 
discrimination, require the disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit and settlement 
costs,  limit  payment  for  settlement  services  to  the  reasonable  value  of  the  services  rendered  and  require  the 
maintenance  and  disclosure  of  information  regarding  the  disposition  of  mortgage  applications  based  on  race, 
gender, geographical distribution and income level. 

Consumer  Financing  Regulation.    The  Corporation’s  Consumer  Finance  segment  also  is  regulated  by  the 
VBFI.  The VBFI regulates and enforces laws relating to consumer lenders and sales finance agencies such as C&F 
Finance.    Such  rules  and  regulations  generally  provide  for  licensing  of  sales  finance  agencies;  limitations  on 
amounts, duration and charges, including interest rates, for various categories of loans; requirements as to the form 
and  content  of  finance  contracts  and  other  documentation;  and  restrictions  on  collection  practices  and  creditors’ 
rights. 

Consumer  Protection.    The  Fair  and  Accurate  Credit  Transactions  Act  of  2003,  which  amended  the  Fair 
Credit Reporting Act, requires financial institutions to implement policies and procedures that track identity theft 
incidents;  provide  identity-theft  victims  with  evidence  of  fraudulent  transactions  upon  request;  block  from 
reporting  to  consumer  reporting  agencies  credit  information  resulting  from  identity  theft;  notify  customers  of 
adverse  information  concerning  the  customer  in  consumer  reporting  agency  reports;  and  notify  customers  when 
reporting negative information concerning the customer to a consumer reporting agency. 

Other Safety and Soundness Regulations 

the 

Prompt  Correction  Action.    The  federal  banking  agencies  have  broad  powers  under  current  federal  law  to 
take  prompt  corrective  action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions.  The extent of these powers 
is  “well  capitalized,”  “adequately  capitalized,” 
depends  upon  whether 
“undercapitalized,”  “significantly  undercapitalized”  or  “critically  undercapitalized.”    These  terms  are  defined 
under uniform regulations issued by each of the federal banking agencies regulating these institutions.  An insured 
depository institution which is less than adequately capitalized must adopt an acceptable capital restoration plan, 
is subject to increased regulatory oversight and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its permissible activities.  
As of December 31, 2009, the Bank was considered “well capitalized.” 

in  question 

institution 

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (GLBA).  The GLBA implemented major changes to the statutory framework 
for providing banking and other financial services in the United States.  The GLBA, among other things, eliminated 
many  of  the  restrictions  on  affiliations  among  banks  and  securities  firms,  insurance  firms  and  other  financial 
service  providers.    A  bank  holding  company  that  qualifies  and  elects  to  be  a  financial  holding  company  is 
permitted  to  engage  in  activities  that  are  financial  in  nature  or  incident  or  complimentary  to  financial  activities.  
The  activities  that  the  GLBA  expressly  lists  as  financial  in  nature  include  insurance  underwriting,  sales  and 
brokerage  activities,  financial  and  investment  advisory  services,  underwriting  services  and  limited  merchant 
banking activities. 

To  become  eligible  for  these  expanded  activities,  a  bank  holding  company  must  qualify  as  a  financial 
holding company.  To qualify as a financial holding company, each insured depository institution controlled by the 
bank  holding  company  must  be  well-capitalized,  well-managed  and  have  at  least  a  satisfactory  rating  under  the 
CRA.    In  addition,  the  bank  holding  company  must  file  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  a  declaration  of  its 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
intention  to  become  a  financial  holding  company.    While  the  Corporation  satisfies  these  requirements,  the 
Corporation has not elected to be treated as a financial holding company under the GLBA. 

The  GLBA  has  not  had  a  material  adverse  impact  on  the  Corporation’s  or  the  Bank’s  operations.    To  the 
extent  that  it  allows  banks,  securities  firms  and  insurance  firms  to  affiliate,  the  financial  services  industry  may 
experience further consolidation.  The GLBA may have the result of increasing competition that we face from larger 
institutions and other companies that offer financial products and services and that may have substantially greater 
financial resources than the Corporation or the Bank. 

The GLBA and certain regulations issued by federal banking agencies also provide protections against the 
transfer and use by financial institutions of consumer nonpublic personal information.  A financial institution must 
provide  to  its  customers,  at  the  beginning  of  the  customer  relationship  and  annually  thereafter,  the  institution’s 
policies  and  procedures  regarding  the  handling  of  customers’  nonpublic  personal  financial  information.    These 
privacy  provisions  generally  prohibit  a  financial  institution  from  providing  a  customer’s  personal  financial 
information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that the information may be 
so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure.   

Future Regulation 

Regulatory  Restructuring  Legislation.    In  June  2009,  the  U.S.  President’s  administration  proposed  a  wide 
range  of  regulatory  reforms  that,  if  enacted,  may  have  significant  effects  on  the financial services industry in the 
United States. Significant aspects of the administration’s proposals included, among other things, proposals: (i) to 
reassess  and  increase  capital  requirements  for  banks  and  bank  holding  companies  and  examine  the  types  of 
instruments that qualify as regulatory capital; (ii) to create a federal consumer financial protection agency to be the 
primary  federal  consumer  protection  supervisor  with  broad  examination,  supervision  and  enforcement  authority 
with  respect  to  consumer  financial  products  and  services;  (iii) to  further  limit  the  ability  of  banks  to  engage  in 
transactions  with  affiliates;  and  (iv) to  subject  all  “over-the-counter”  derivatives  markets  to  comprehensive 
regulation. 

The U.S. Congress, state lawmaking bodies and federal and state regulatory agencies continue to consider a 
number  of  wide-ranging  and  comprehensive  proposals  for  altering  the  structure,  regulation  and  competitive 
relationships  of  the  nation’s  financial  institutions,  including  rules  and  regulations  related  to  the  administration’s 
proposals.  Separate  comprehensive  financial  reform  bills  intended  to  address  the  proposals  set  forth  by  the 
administration were introduced in both houses of Congress in the second half of 2009 and remain under review by 
both  the  U.S.  House  of  Representatives  and  the  U.S.  Senate.  In  addition,  both  the  Treasury    and  the  Basel 
Committee  have  issued  policy  statements  regarding  proposed  significant  changes  to  the  regulatory  capital 
framework applicable to banking organizations as discussed above. The Corporation cannot predict whether or in 
what form future legislation or regulations may be adopted or the extent to which the Corporation may be affected 
thereby.  

Incentive  Compensation.    On  October 22,  2009,  the  Federal  Reserve  issued  a  comprehensive  proposal  on 
incentive  compensation  policies  intended  to  ensure  that  the  incentive  compensation  policies  of  banking 
organizations  do  not  undermine  the  safety  and  soundness  of  such  organizations  by  encouraging  excessive  risk-
taking. Banking organizations are instructed to review their incentive compensation policies to ensure that they do 
not encourage excessive risk-taking and implement corrective programs as needed. The Federal Reserve Board will 
review,  as  part  of  the  regular,  risk-focused  examination  process,  the  incentive  compensation  arrangements  of 
banking organizations, such as the Bank, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
be  tailored  to  each  organization  based  on  the  scope  and  complexity  of  the  organization’s  activities  and  the 
prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in 
reports  of  examination.  Deficiencies  will  be  incorporated  into  the  organization’s  supervisory  ratings,  which  can 
affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. 

In addition, on January 12, 2010, the FDIC announced that it would seek public comment on whether banks 
with compensation plans that encourage risky behavior should be charged at higher deposit assessment rates than 
such banks would otherwise be charged. 

The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on executive compensation are continuing to 
develop  and  are  likely  to  continue  evolving  in  the  near  future.  It  cannot  be  determined  at  this  time  whether 
compliance with such policies will adversely affect the Bank’s ability to hire, retain and motivate its key employees. 

Available Information 

The Corporation’s SEC filings are filed electronically and are available to the public over the Internet at the 
SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.  In addition, any document filed by the Corporation with the SEC can be 
read and copied at the SEC’s public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549.  
Copies of documents can be obtained at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 
100  F  Street,  N.E.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.    The  public  may  obtain  information  on  the  operation  of  the  Public 
Reference  Room  by  calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.    The  Corporation’s  SEC  filings  also  are  available  through 
our web site at http://www.cffc.com under “About C&F/C&F Financial Corporation/SEC Filings” as of the day 
they  are  filed  with  the  SEC.    Copies  of  documents  also  can  be  obtained  free  of  charge  by  writing  to  the 
Corporation’s secretary at P.O. Box 391, West Point, VA 23181 or by calling 804-843-2360. 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

A continuation or further deterioration of the current economic environment could adversely impact our financial 
condition and results of operations. 

A continuation of the recent turbulence in significant portions of the global financial markets, particularly 
if it worsens, could impact the Corporation’s performance, both directly by affecting our revenues and the value of 
our  assets  and  liabilities,  and  indirectly  by  affecting  our  counterparties  and  the  economy  generally.    Dramatic 
declines  in  the  housing  market  that  began  in  2008  have  resulted  in  significant  write-downs  of  asset  values  by 
financial  institutions.    The  Corporation  has  recognized  significantly  higher  loan  loss  provisions  during  2008  and 
2009 as the level of nonperforming real estate loans increased throughout the period.  Concerns about the stability 
of the financial markets generally have reduced the availability of funding to certain financial institutions, leading 
to a tightening of credit, reduction of business activity and increased market volatility.  While we have seen some 
stabilization  during  the  latter  half  of  2009,  it  is  not  yet  clear  that  the  U.S.  economy  has  recovered.    The  extreme 
levels  of  volatility  and  limited  credit  availability  currently  being  experienced  could  continue  to  affect  the  U.S. 
banking  industry  and  the  broader  U.S.  and  global  economies,  which  would  have  an  effect  on  all  financial 
institutions, including the Corporation. 

Deterioration in the soundness of our counterparties could adversely affect us. 

Our  ability  to  engage  in  routine  funding  transactions  could  be  adversely  affected  by  the  actions  and 
commercial soundness of other financial institutions.  Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in 
the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, and other institutional clients.  As a result, 
defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services 
industry  generally,  could  create  another  market-wide  liquidity  crisis  similar  to  that  experienced  in  late  2008  and 
early  2009  and  could  lead  to  losses  or  defaults  by  us  or  by  other  institutions.    Our  mortgage company would be 
negatively affected by the inability of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to purchase loans or a material reduction in the 
volume  of  such  purchases.    Although  we  sell  loans  to  various  intermediaries,  the  ability  of  these  aggregators  to 
purchase loans would be limited if these government-sponsored entities were to cease to exist or materially limit 
their  purchases  of  mortgage  loans.    There  is  no  assurance  that  the  failure  of  our  counterparties  would  not 
materially adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations. 

Compliance with laws, regulations and supervisory guidance, both new and existing, may adversely impact our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We  are  subject  to  numerous  laws,  regulations  and  supervision  from  both  federal  and  state  agencies.  
During  the  past  few  years,  there  has  been  an  increase  in  legislation  related  to  and  regulation  of  the  financial 
services industry.  We expect this increased level of oversight to continue.  Failure to comply with these laws and 
regulations  could  result  in  financial,  structural  and  operational  penalties,  including  receivership.  In  addition, 
establishing systems and processes to achieve compliance with these laws and regulations may increase our costs 
and/or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities. 

Proposals under consideration by the U.S. Congress include extensive changes to the laws regulating the 
financial  services  industry.    Among  these  proposals  is  the  creation  of  a  new  independent  Consumer  Financial 
Protection  Agency  (CFPA)  that  would  regulate  consumer  financial  services  and  products,  including  any  loan, 
deposit account or other financial product.  The CFPA, as proposed, may have an adverse impact on our results of 
operations. 

During  2009,  the  FDIC  imposed  a  special  deposit  insurance  assessment  on  all  institutions  which  it 
regulates, including the Bank.  This special assessment was imposed due to the significant number of bank failures 
in the U.S. and the need to replenish the DIF.  In addition, the FDIC required regulated institutions to prepay their 
fourth quarter 2009, and full year 2010, 2011 and 2012 assessments in December 2009.  Additional measures taken 
by the FDIC to maintain or replenish the DIF may have an adverse affect on our results of operations. 

Laws  and  regulations,  and  any  interpretations  and  applications  with  respect  thereto,  generally  are 
intended  to  benefit  consumers,  borrowers  and  depositors,  not  stockholders.  The  legislative  and  regulatory 
environment  is  beyond  our  control,  may  change  rapidly  and  unpredictably  and  may  negatively  influence  our 
revenue, costs, earnings, and capital levels. Our success depends on our ability to maintain compliance with both 
existing and new laws and regulations.  

We  are  subject  to  interest  rate  risk  and  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  may  negatively  affect  our  financial 
performance. 

Our  profitability  depends  in  substantial  part  on  our  net  interest  margin,  which  is  the  difference  between 
the  interest  earned  on  loans,  securities  and  other  interest-earning  assets,  and  interest  paid  on  deposits  and 
borrowings.  Changes in interest rates will affect our net interest margin in diverse ways, including the pricing of 
loans  and  deposits,  the  levels  of  prepayments  and  asset  quality.    We  are  unable  to  predict  actual  fluctuations  of 
market  interest  rates  because  many  factors  influencing  interest  rates  are  beyond  our  control.    We  attempt  to 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
minimize our exposure to interest rate risk, but we are unable to eliminate it.  We believe that our current interest 
rate exposure is manageable and does not indicate any significant exposure to interest rate changes.  However, the 
interest  rate  cuts  made  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  since  September  2007  immediately  reduced  our  yield  on 
variable-rate  loans  without  a  corresponding  immediate  reduction  in  deposit  costs,  which  resulted  in  a  decline  in 
our  net  interest  margin  during  2008  and  early  2009.    Net  interest  margin  partially  recovered  during  2009  as  we 
were  able  to  reprice  fixed-rate  deposits.  There  is  no  guarantee  we  will  continue  to  be  able  to  reprice  deposits  as 
competition for deposits from both local and national financial services institutions is intense. 

Weakness in the secondary residential mortgage loan markets will adversely affect our income from our mortgage 
company. 

One  of  the  components  of  our  strategic  plan  is  to  generate  significant  noninterest  income  from  C&F 
Mortgage, which originates a variety of residential loan products for sale into the secondary market to investors.  
Significant  disruptions  in  the  secondary  market  for  residential  mortgage  loans  have  limited  the  market  for  and 
liquidity  of  many  mortgage  loans.    The  correction  in  residential  real  estate  market  prices  may  not  have  reached 
bottom.  We expect the ongoing effects of lower demand for home mortgage loans resulting from reduced demand 
in both the new and resale housing markets, the slowing national economy and the fallout from the subprime and 
alternative loan issues to keep pressure on loan origination volume at C&F Mortgage.  At the same time as market 
conditions  were  negatively  impacting  loan  origination  volume,  efforts  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  to  keep 
interest rates low and government initiatives, such as the homebuyer tax credits, have caused some increase in loan 
originations and refinancing activity.  There is no guarantee that these programs will continue in 2010 and that they 
will  have  a  positive  impact  on  loan  originations.    These  factors  may  cause  our  revenue  from  our  mortgage 
company to be volatile from quarter to quarter. 

In  addition,  credit  markets  have  continued  to  experience  difficult  conditions  and  volatility.  There  have 
been  significant  increases  in  payment  defaults  by  borrowers  and  mortgage  loan  foreclosures.    These  factors  may 
result  in  potential  repurchase  or  indemnification  liability  to  C&F  Mortgage  on  residential  mortgage  loans 
originated and sold into the secondary market in the event of claims by investors of borrower misrepresentation, 
fraud  or  early-payment  default  as  investors  attempt  to  minimize  their  losses.    While  we  mitigate  the  risk  of 
repurchase liability by underwriting to the purchasers’ guidelines , we cannot be assured that a prolonged period 
of payment defaults and foreclosures will not result in an increase in requests for repurchases or indemnifications, 
or that established reserves will be adequate, which could adversely affect the Corporation’s net income. 

Our  business  is  subject  to  various  lending  and  other  economic  risks  that  could  adversely  impact  our  results  of 
operations and financial condition. 

Deterioration in economic conditions, such as the ongoing recession and continuing high unemployment, 
could hurt our business. Our business is directly affected by general economic and market conditions; broad trends 
in industry and finance; legislative and regulatory changes; changes in governmental monetary and fiscal policies; 
and inflation, all of which are beyond our control. A deterioration in economic conditions, in particular a prolonged 
economic slowdown within our geographic region, could result in the following consequences, any of which could 
hurt  our  business  materially:  an  increase  in  loan  delinquencies; an increase in problem assets and foreclosures; a 
decline in demand for our products and services; and a deterioration in the value of collateral for loans made by 
our various business segments. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  level  of  credit  risk  is  increasing  due  to  the  concentration  of  our  loan  portfolio  in  commercial  loans  and  in 
consumer finance loans. 

At December 31, 2009, 39 percent of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial, financial and agricultural 
loans,  which  include  loans  secured  by  real  estate  for  builder  lines,  acquisition  and  development  and  commercial 
development, as well as commercial loans secured by personal property.  These loans generally carry larger loan 
balances  and  involve  a  greater  degree  of  financial  and  credit  risk  than  home  equity  and  residential  loans.    The 
increased financial and credit risk associated with these types of loans is a result of several factors, including the 
concentration  of  principal  in  a  limited  number  of  loans  and  to  borrowers  in  similar  lines  of  business,  the  size  of 
loan  balances,  the  effects  of  general  economic  conditions  on  income-producing  properties  and  the  increased 
difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. 

At  December  31,  2009,  30  percent  of  our  loan  portfolio  consisted  of  consumer  finance  loans  that  provide 
automobile financing for customers in the non-prime market.  During periods of economic slowdown or recession, 
delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses  may  increase  in  this  portfolio.    Significant  increases  in  the 
inventory of used automobiles during periods of economic recession may also depress the prices at which we may 
sell  repossessed  automobiles  or  delay  the  timing  of  these  sales.    Because  we  focus  on  non-prime  borrowers,  the 
actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses on these loans are higher than those experienced in 
the general automobile finance industry and could be dramatically affected by a general economic downturn.  In 
addition, our servicing costs may increase without a corresponding increase in our finance charge income.  While 
we manage the higher risk inherent in loans made to non-prime borrowers through our underwriting criteria and 
collection methods, we cannot guarantee that these criteria or methods will ultimately provide adequate protection 
against these risks.  

If our allowance for loan losses becomes inadequate, the results of our operations may be adversely affected.  

Making loans is an essential element of our business.  The risk of nonpayment is affected by a number of 
factors,  including  but  not  limited  to:  the  duration  of  the  credit;  credit  risks  of  a  particular  customer;  changes  in 
economic and industry conditions; and, in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about 
the  future value of the collateral.  Although we seek to mitigate risks inherent in lending by adhering to specific 
underwriting practices, our loans may not be repaid.  We attempt to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan 
losses  to  provide  for  potential  losses  in  our  loan  portfolio.    Our  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  determined  by 
analyzing historical loan losses, current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, current economic conditions that 
may affect a borrower’s ability to repay and the value of collateral, changes in the size and composition of the loan 
portfolio and industry information.  Also included in our estimates for loan losses are considerations with respect 
to  the  impact  of  economic  events,  the  outcome  of  which  are  uncertain.    Because  any  estimate  of  loan  losses  is 
necessarily subjective and the accuracy of any estimate depends on the outcome of future events, we face the risk 
that  charge-offs  in  future  periods  will  exceed  our  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  that  additional  increases  in  the 
allowance for loan losses will be required. Additions to the allowance for loan losses would result in a decrease of 
our  net  income.    Although  we  believe  our  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  adequate  to  absorb probable losses in our 
loan portfolio, we cannot predict such losses or that our allowance will be adequate in the future. 

Competition from other financial institutions and financial intermediaries may adversely affect our profitability.  

We  face  substantial  competition  in  originating  loans  and  in  attracting  deposits.  Our  competition  in 
originating  loans  and  attracting  deposits  comes  principally  from  other  banks,  mortgage  banking  companies, 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consumer finance companies, savings associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other 
institutional  lenders  and  purchasers  of  loans.    Additionally,  banks  and  other  financial  institutions  with  larger 
capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits and 
are  thereby  able  to  serve  the  credit  needs  of  larger  clients.  These institutions may be able to offer the same loan 
products and services that we offer at more competitive rates and prices.  Increased competition could require us to 
increase  the  rates  we  pay  on  deposits  or  lower  the  rates  we  offer  on  loans,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
profitability. 

We are subject to restrictions and obligations as a participant in the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program. 

In  January  2009,  as  part  of  the  Capital  Purchase  Program,  we  issued  and  sold  to  the  Treasury  Series  A 
Preferred Stock and a Warrant for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $20.0 million.  Participation in the 
Capital  Purchase  Program  subjects  us  to  specific  restrictions  under  the  terms  of  the  Capital  Purchase  Program, 
including limits on our ability to pay dividends (quarterly dividends on our common stock are limited to $0.31 per 
share or less) and repurchase our capital stock, limitations on executive compensation, and increased oversight by 
the Treasury, regulators and Congress under the EESA.  

Recently, many recipients under the Capital Purchase Program have repaid the Treasury and are no longer 
subject  to  the  restrictions  imposed under the Capital Purchase Program. Withdrawing from the Capital Purchase 
Program requires approval of banking regulators and we may not be able to obtain such approval, or a condition of 
obtaining such approval may require us to raise additional capital. Unanticipated consequences of participation in 
the  Capital  Purchase  Program  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations,  financial 
condition, access to funding and the trading price of our common stock.  

We  rely  heavily  on  our  management  team  and  the  unexpected  loss  of  key  officers  may  adversely  affect  our 
operations. 

We  believe  that  our  growth  and  future  success  will  depend  in  large  part  on  the  skills  of  our  executive 
officers.  We also depend upon the experience of the officers of our subsidiaries and on their relationships with the 
communities they serve.  The loss of the services of one or more of these officers could disrupt our operations and 
impair  our  ability  to  implement  our  business  strategy,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

The  success  of  our  business  strategies  depends  on  our  ability  to  identify  and  recruit  individuals  with  experience 
and relationships in our primary markets. 

The successful implementation of our business strategy will require us to continue to attract, hire, motivate 
and retain skilled personnel to develop new customer relationships as well as new financial products and services.  
The  market  for  qualified  management  personnel  is  competitive.    In  addition,  the  process  of  identifying  and 
recruiting  individuals  with  the  combination  of  skills  and  attributes  required  to  carry  out  our  strategy  is  often 
lengthy.  Our inability to identify, recruit and retain talented personnel to manage our operations effectively and in 
a timely manner could limit our growth, which could materially adversely affect our business. 

17 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could 
lose the beneficial aspects fostered by our culture, which could harm our business. 

We  believe  that  a  critical  contributor  to  our  success  has  been  our  corporate  culture,  which  focuses  on 
building personal relationships with our customers. As our organization grows, and we are required to implement 
more  complex  organizational  management  structures,  we  may  find  it  increasingly  difficult  to  maintain  the 
beneficial aspects of our corporate culture. This could negatively impact our future success. 

Changes in accounting standards and management’s selection of accounting methods, including assumptions and 
estimates, could materially impact our financial statements. 

From  time  to  time  the  SEC  and  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  change  the  financial 
accounting  and  reporting  standards  that  govern  the  preparation  of  the  Corporation’s  financial  statements.  These 
changes  can  be  hard  to  predict  and  can  materially  impact  how  the  Corporation  records  and  reports  its  financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations.  In  some  cases,  the  Corporation  could  be  required  to  apply  a  new  or  revised 
standard  retroactively,  resulting  in  changes  to  previously  reported  financial  results,  or  a  cumulative  charge  to 
retained earnings.  In addition, management is required to use certain assumptions and estimates in preparing our 
financial statements, including determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, among other items.  If the 
assumptions or estimates are incorrect, the Corporation may experience unexpected material consequences. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

The Corporation has no unresolved comments from the SEC staff. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

The  following  describes  the  location  and  general  character  of  the  principal  offices  and  other  materially 

important physical properties of the Corporation. 

The Corporation owns a building located at Eighth and Main Streets in the business district of West Point, 
Virginia.    The building, originally constructed in 1923, has three floors totaling 15,000 square feet.  This building 
houses the Bank’s Main Office and the main office of C&F Investment Services. 

The Corporation owns a building located at 3600 LaGrange Parkway in Toano, Virginia.  The building was 
acquired in 2004 and has 85,000 square feet.  Approximately 30,000 square feet were renovated in 2005 in order to 
house  the  Bank’s  operations  center,  which  consists  of  the  Bank’s  loan,  deposit  and  administrative  functions  and 
staff. 

The building owned by the Corporation and previously used for the Bank’s deposit operations at Seventh 
&  Main  Streets  in  West  Point,  Virginia,  which  is  a  14,000  square  foot  building  remodeled  by  the  Corporation  in 
1991, has been leased to the Economic Development Authority of the Town of West Point, Virginia (Development 
Authority)  for  the  purpose  of  housing  and  operating  incubator  businesses  under  the  supervision  of  the 
Development  Authority.    The  building  owned  by  the  Corporation  and  previously  used  for  the  Bank’s  loan 
operations  at  Sixth  and  Main  Streets  in  West  Point,  Virginia,  which  is  a  5,000  square  foot  building  acquired  and 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
remodeled  by  the  Corporation  in  1998,  has  been  retained  as  back-up  facilities  for  the  new  operations  center.  
Management has not yet determined the long-term utilization of these properties. 

The  Corporation  owns  a  building  located  at  1400  Alverser  Drive  in  Midlothian,  Virginia.    The  building 
provides space for a branch office of the Bank and for a C&F Mortgage branch office, as well as C&F Mortgage’s 
main administrative offices.  This two-story building has 25,000 square feet and was constructed in 2001.  Also at 
the Midlothian location, the Corporation owns an office condominium that houses a regional commercial lending 
office. 

The  Corporation  owns  15  other  Bank  branch  locations  and  leases  one  Bank  branch  location  and  one 
regional commercial lending office in Virginia.  Rental expense for these leased locations totaled $114,000 for the 
year ended December 31, 2009. 

In connection with the opening of the Bank’s Newport News branch in 2007, C&F Mortgage relocated from 
a leased facility to the second floor of the Bank branch building.  The Corporation has 17 leased loan production 
offices, 11 in Virginia, three in Maryland, two in North Carolina and one each in Delaware, Pennsylvania and New 
Jersey,  for  C&F  Mortgage.    Rental  expense  for  these  leased  locations  totaled  $1.05  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2009. 

The  Corporation  owns  a  building  located  at  4660  South  Laburnum  Avenue  in  Richmond,  Virginia.    The 
building was acquired in June 2005 and has approximately 8,800 square feet.  The building houses C&F Finance’s 
headquarters  and  provides  space  for  its  loan  and  administrative  functions  and  staff.    In  connection  with  the 
opening of the Bank’s Hampton branch in 2006, the Hampton office of C&F Finance was relocated from a leased 
facility  to  the  second  floor  of  the  Bank  branch  building.    The  Corporation  has  three  leased  offices,  one  each  in 
Virginia, Maryland and Tennessee, for C&F Finance.  Rental expense for these leased locations totaled $63,000 for 
the year ended December 31, 2009. 

All of the Corporation’s properties are in good operating condition and are adequate for the Corporation’s 

present and anticipated future needs. 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

There  are  no  material  pending  legal  proceedings  to  which  the  Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  is  a 

party or to which the property of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries is subject. 

ITEM 4. 

[RESERVED] 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Name (Age) 
  Present Position 

Larry G. Dillon (57) 
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

Business Experience 
During Past Five Years 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and 
the Bank since 1989 

Thomas F. Cherry (41) 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Financial Officer 
and Secretary 

Secretary of the Corporation and the Bank since 2002; Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and the Bank since December 
2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and 
the Bank from December 1998 to November 2004 

Bryan E. McKernon (53) 

President and Chief Executive Officer of C&F Mortgage since 1995 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

The Corporation’s Common Stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and is listed for trading on the 
NASDAQ Global Select Market of the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “CFFI.” As of February 26, 2010, 
there were approximately 2,000 shareholders of record.  As of that date, the closing price of our Common Stock on 
the NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market was $20.68.  Following are the high and low sales prices as reported by 
the NASDAQ Stock Market, along with the dividends that were paid quarterly in 2009 and 2008.  

_________2009_________ 

Quarter  High 
$19.00 
First 
  18.00 
Second 
  21.45 
Third 
  20.97 
Fourth 

Low 
$10.30 
  12.80 
  14.55 
  16.00 

Dividends  High 
    $0.31 
$32.25 
      0.25 
  30.00 
      0.25 
  25.00 
      0.25 
  24.25 

_________2008_________ 
Low 
$25.00 
  22.00 
  18.00 
    9.65 

Dividends 
   $0.31 
     0.31 
     0.31 
     0.31 

Payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Corporation’s board of directors and is subject to various 
federal  and  state  regulatory  limitations.    For  further  information  regarding  payment  of  dividends,  including 
restrictions  stemming  from  the  Corporation’s  participation  in  the  Capital  Purchase  Program,  refer  to  Item  1, 
“Business,” under the heading “Limits on Dividends” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” 
under  the  heading  “Note  9:    Shareholders’  Equity,  Other  Comprehensive  Income  and  Earnings  Per  Common 
Share.” 

In connection with the Corporation’s sale to the Treasury of its Series A Preferred Stock under the Capital 
Purchase Program, as previously described, there are certain limitations on the Corporation’s ability to purchase its 
Common  Stock  prior  to  the  earlier  of  January  9,  2012  or  the  date  on  which  Treasury  no  longer  holds  any  of  the 
Series A Preferred Stock.  Prior to such time, the Corporation generally may not purchase any of its Common Stock 
without  the  consent  of  the  Treasury.    In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009,  the  Corporation  did  not  purchase  any  of  its 
Common Stock. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Five Year Financial Summary 

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
Selected Year-End Balances: 
Total assets 
Total shareholders’ equity 
Total loans (net) 
Total deposits 
Summary of Operations: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan 

losses 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expenses 
Income before taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Effective dividends on preferred stock 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Per share: 
  Earnings per common share—basic 
  Earnings per common share—assuming 

  dilution 
  Dividends 
Weighted average number of shares— 
  assuming dilution 
Significant Ratios: 
Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 
Dividend payout ratio – common shares 
Average common equity to average assets 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

$888,430 
88,876 
613,004 
606,630 

$  64,971 
15,459 
49,512 
18,563 

30,949 
36,689 
60,167 
7,471 
1,945 
 5,526 
1,130 
$   4,396 

$855,657    
64,857    
633,017    
550,725    

$  64,130    
21,395    
42,735    
13,766    

28,969    
25,149    
49,320    
4,798    
617    
   4,181    
--    
$   4,181    

$785,596    
65,224    
585,881    
527,571    

$  64,825    
23,378    
41,447    
7,130    

34,317    
25,878    
48,371    
11,824    
3,344    
   8,480    
--    
$   8,480    

 $734,468    
68,006    
517,843    
532,835    

$671,957     
60,086     
465,039     
495,438     

$  58,582    
18,457    
 40,125    
4,625    

35,500    
27,387    
45,328    
17,559    
5,430    
  12,129    
--    
$  12,129    

$  48,770     
11,997     
36,773     
5,520     

31,253     
27,584     
41,868     
16,969     
5,181     
  11,788     
--     
$  11,788     

$1.44 

$1.38    

$2.77    

$3.85    

$3.49     

1.44 
1.06 

1.37    
1.24    

2.67    
1.24    

3.71    
 1.16    

3.36     
1.00     

3,048,491 

3,058,274    

3,181,445    

3,273,429    

3,507,912     

0.50%
6.60    
73.48    
7.61    

0.51%
6.39    
89.79    
7.98    

1.13% 

13.03 
44.45 
8.69 

1.75% 
 18.97     
30.15     
9.21     

1.82% 
17.70    
28.33    
10.30    

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS 

OF OPERATIONS 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

This  report  contains  statements  concerning  the  Corporation’s  expectations,  plans,  objectives,  future 
financial performance and other statements that are not historical facts.  These statements may constitute “forward-
looking  statements”  as  defined  by  federal  securities  laws.    These  statements  may  address  issues  that  involve 
estimates  and  assumptions  made  by  management  and  risks  and  uncertainties.    Actual  results  could  differ 
materially  from  historical  results  or  those  anticipated  by  such  statements.    Factors  that  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Corporation include, but are not limited to, changes in:  

interest rates 

 
  general business conditions, as well as conditions within the financial markets 
  general economic conditions, including unemployment levels 
 

the legislative/regulatory climate, including the effect of restrictions imposed on us as a participant in the 
Capital Purchase Program 

  monetary  and  fiscal  policies  of  the  U.S.  Government,  including  policies  of  the  Treasury  and  the  Federal 

Reserve Board 
the quality or composition of the loan portfolios and the value of the collateral securing those loans 
the value of securities held in the Corporation’s investment portfolios 
the level of net charge-offs on loans and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses 

the strength of the Corporation’s counterparties 
competition from both banks and non-banks 

 
 
 
  demand for loan products 
  deposit flows 
 
 
  demand for financial services in the Corporation’s market area 
 
 
 
  demand in the secondary residential mortgage loan markets 
 
the Corporation’s expansion and technology initiatives 
 
accounting principles, policies and guidelines 

technology 
reliance on third parties for key services 
the commercial and residential real estate markets 

These  risks  are  exacerbated  by  the  turbulence  during  2008  and  2009  in  significant  portions  of  the  global 
financial markets, which if it continues or worsens, could impact the Corporation’s performance, both directly by 
affecting  the  Corporation’s  revenues  and  the  value  of  its  assets  and  liabilities,  and  indirectly  by  affecting  the 
Corporation’s  counterparties  and  the  economy  generally.    During  2008  and  2009,  the  capital  and  credit  markets 
have experienced extended volatility and disruption, and unemployment has risen to, and remained at, high levels.  
There  can  be  no  assurance  that  these  unprecedented  recent  developments  will  not  continue  to  materially  and 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our ability to raise capital for 
liquidity and business purposes. 

Although  the  Corporation  had,  and  continues  to  have,  diverse  sources  of  liquidity  and  its  capital  ratios 
exceeded, and continue to exceed, the minimum levels required for well-capitalized status, the Corporation issued 
and sold its Series A Preferred Stock and Warrant for a $20.0 million investment from Treasury under the Capital 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase  Program  on  January  9,  2009.    The  Corporation  also  elected  to  participate  in  the  FDIC  Debt  Guarantee 
Program;  however,  the  Corporation  currently  has  no  unsecured  borrowings  to  which  this  program  applies.    The 
Bank  is  participating  in  the  FDIC  Transaction  Account  Guarantee  Program,  under  which  all  noninterest-bearing 
transaction accounts (as defined within the program) are fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the 
account through June 30, 2010. 

Our  ability  to  engage  in  routine  funding  transactions  could  be  adversely  affected  by  the  actions  and 
commercial soundness of other financial institutions.  Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of 
trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in 
the  financial  industry,  including  brokers  and  dealers,  commercial  banks,  and  other  institutions.    As  a  result, 
defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services 
industry  generally,  could  create  another  market-wide  liquidity  crisis  similar  to  that  experienced  in  late  2008  and 
early 2009 and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions.  There is no assurance that any such 
losses would not materially adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations. 

Further,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  actions  taken  by  the  federal  government  and  regulatory 
agencies  will  stabilize  the  U.S.  financial  system  or  alleviate  the  industry  or  economic  factors  that  may  adversely 
affect the Corporation’s business and financial performance.  

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained 
herein.  We caution readers not to place undue reliance on those statements, which speak only as of the date of this 
report. 

The following discussion supplements and provides information about the major components of the results 
of operations, financial condition, liquidity and capital resources of the Corporation.  This discussion and analysis 
should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The preparation of financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions.  Those accounting 
policies with the greatest uncertainty and that require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments affecting 
the  application  of  these  policies,  and  the  likelihood  that  materially  different  amounts  would  be  reported  under 
different conditions, or using different assumptions, are described below. 

Allowance for Loan Losses:  We establish the allowance for loan losses through charges to earnings in the 
form  of  a  provision  for  loan  losses.    Loan  losses  are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  we  believe  that  the 
collection of the principal is unlikely.  Subsequent recoveries of losses previously charged against the allowance are 
credited to the allowance.  The allowance represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be adequate to absorb 
any  losses  on  existing  loans  that  may  become  uncollectible.    Our  judgment  in  determining  the  level  of  the 
allowance is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans while taking into consideration such factors as trends 
in  delinquencies  and  charge-offs,  changes  in  the  nature  and  volume  of  the  loan  portfolio,  current  economic 
conditions  that  may  affect  a  borrower’s  ability  to  repay  and  the  value  of  collateral,  overall  portfolio  quality  and 
review  of  specific  potential  losses.    This  evaluation  is  inherently  subjective  because  it  requires  estimates  that  are 
susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance  for  Indemnifications:    The  allowance  for  indemnifications  is  established  through  charges  to 
earnings in the form of a provision for indemnifications, which is included in other noninterest expenses.  A loss is 
charged against the allowance for indemnifications under certain conditions when a purchaser of a loan (investor) 
sold  by  C&F  Mortgage  incurs  a  loss  due  to  borrower  misrepresentation,  fraud  or  early  default.    The  allowance 
represents  an  amount  that,  in  management’s  judgment,  will  be  adequate  to  absorb  any  losses  arising  from 
indemnification  requests.    Management’s  judgment  in  determining  the  level  of  the  allowance  is  based  on  the 
volume  of  loans  sold,  current  economic  conditions  and  information  provided  by  investors.    This  evaluation  is 
inherently  subjective,  as  it  requires  estimates  that  are  susceptible  to  significant  revision  as  more  information 
becomes available. 

Impairment  of  Loans:    We  consider  a  loan  impaired  when  it  is  probable  that  the  Corporation  will  be 
unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement.  We do not consider a loan 
impaired during a period of delay in payment if we expect the ultimate collection of all amounts due.  We measure 
impairment  on  a  loan  by  loan  basis  for  commercial,  construction  and  residential  loans  in  excess  of  $500,000  by 
either  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the  loan’s  effective  interest  rate,  the  loan’s 
obtainable  market  price,  or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  if  the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.    Large  groups  of 
smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.  We maintain a valuation allowance 
to the extent that the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment. 

Impairment of Securities:  Impairment of securities occurs when the fair value of a security is less than its 
amortized cost.  For debt securities, impairment is considered other-than-temporary and recognized in its entirety 
in net income if either (i) we intend to sell the security or (ii) it is more-likely-than-not that we will be required to 
sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis.  If, however, we do not intend to sell the security and it 
is not more-likely-than-not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery, we must determine what 
portion of the impairment is attributable to a credit loss, which occurs when the amortized cost basis of the security 
exceeds  the  present  value  of  the  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  from  the  security.    If  there  is  no  credit  loss, 
there is no other-than-temporary impairment.  If there is a credit loss, other-than-temporary impairment exists, and 
the credit loss must be recognized in net income and the remaining portion of impairment must be recognized in 
other comprehensive income.  For equity securities, impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary based on 
our ability and intent to hold the investment until a recovery of fair value.  Other-than-temporary impairment of an 
equity security results in a write-down that must be included in net income.  We regularly review each investment 
security  for  other-than-temporary  impairment  based  on  criteria  that  include  the  extent  to  which  cost  exceeds 
market price, the duration of that market decline, the financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer, our 
best  estimate  of  the  present  value  of  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  from  debt  securities,  our  intention  with 
regard to holding the security to maturity and the likelihood that we would be required to sell the security before 
recovery. 

Other Real Estate Owned:  Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are 
initially  recorded  at  the  lower  of  the  loan  balance  or  the  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  at  the  date  of  foreclosure.  
Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations of the foreclosed assets based on updated 
appraisals, general market conditions, recent sales of like properties, length of time the properties have been held, 
and  our  ability  and  intention  with  regard  to  continued  ownership  of  the  properties.  The Corporation may incur 
additional write-downs of foreclosed assets to fair value less costs to sell if valuations indicate a further other-than-
temporary deterioration in market conditions. 

Goodwill:  Goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life, but is subject to at 
least an annual assessment for impairment by applying a fair value based test.  In assessing the recoverability of the 
Corporation’s  goodwill,  all  of  which  was  recognized  in  connection  with  the  Bank’s  acquisition  of  C&F  Finance 
Company  in  September  2002,  we  must  make  assumptions  in  order  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  the  respective 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
assets.    Major  assumptions  used  in  determining  impairment  were  increases  in  future  income,  sales  multiples  in 
determining terminal value and the discount rate applied to future cash flows.  As part of the impairment test, we 
performed a sensitivity analysis by increasing the discount rate, lowering sales multiples and reducing increases in 
future  income.    We  completed  the  annual  test  for  impairment  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009  and  determined 
there was no impairment to be recognized in 2009.  If the underlying estimates and related assumptions change in 
the future, we may be required to record impairment charges. 

Retirement  Plan:    The  Bank  maintains  a  non-contributory,  defined  benefit  pension  plan  for  eligible  full-
time employees as specified by the plan.  Plan assets, which consist primarily of marketable equity securities and 
corporate  and  government  fixed  income  securities,  are  valued  using  market  quotations.    The  Bank’s  actuary 
determines  plan  obligations  and  annual  pension  expense  using  a  number  of  key  assumptions.    Key  assumptions 
may  include  the  discount  rate,  the  interest  crediting  rate,  the  estimated  future  return  on  plan  assets  and  the 
anticipated  rate  of  future  salary  increases.    Changes  in  these  assumptions  in  the  future,  if  any,  or  in  the  method 
under which benefits are calculated may impact pension assets, liabilities or expense. 

Accounting for Income Taxes:  Determining the Corporation’s effective tax rate requires judgment.  In the 
ordinary  course  of  business,  there  are  transactions  and  calculations  for  which  the  ultimate  tax  outcomes  are 
uncertain.  In addition, the Corporation’s tax returns are subject to audit by various tax authorities.  Although we 
believe that the estimates are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome will not be materially 
different than that which is reflected in the income tax provision and accrual. 

For  further  information  concerning  accounting  policies,  refer  to  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and 

Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” 

OVERVIEW 

Our primary financial goals are to maximize the Corporation’s earnings and to deploy capital in profitable 
growth  initiatives  that  will  enhance  long-term  shareholder  value.    We  track  three  primary  financial  performance 
measures in order to assess the level of success in achieving these goals: 

1)  return on average assets (ROA)  
2)  return on average equity (ROE) 
3)  growth in earnings 

In addition to these financial performance measures, we track the performance of the Corporation’s three 

principal business activities: 

1)  retail banking 
2)  mortgage banking  
3)  consumer finance 

We also actively manage our capital through: 

1)  growth 
2)  stock purchases  
3)  dividends 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Performance Measures 

Net income for the Corporation was $5.5 million in 2009, compared with net income of  $4.2 million in 2008 
($5.2  million,  adjusted  to  exclude  the  $976,000  net  effect  of  the  impairment  of  the  Corporation’s  investments  in 
perpetual preferred stock of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac).  Net income available to common shareholders for 2009 
was $4.4 million, or $1.44 per common share assuming dilution, compared with $4.2 million, or $1.37 per common 
share  assuming  dilution,  ($5.2  million,  or  $1.69  per  common  share  assuming  dilution,  adjusted  to  exclude  the 
$976,000 net effect of the impairment charge) for 2008.  The difference between reported net income and net income 
available to common shareholders in 2009 is a result of the Series A Preferred Stock dividends and accretion of the 
discount related to the Corporation’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program.  The Series A Preferred Stock 
and Warrant were issued in the first quarter of 2009 and, therefore, did not affect net income available to common 
shareholders  for  2008.    Significant  factors  influencing  2009  earnings  included  (1)  the  positive  effects  of  the 
sustained lower interest rate environment on net interest margin and the production of loans originated for sale in 
the secondary market, (2) the negative effects of the continued downturn in the real estate markets on provisions 
for losses and expenses associated with nonperforming loans secured by real estate and automobiles, as well as real 
estate acquired through foreclosure, (3) the negative effects of lower consumer spending on fee income, and (4) the 
additional  expense  associated  with  higher  FDIC  assessments,  the  special  FDIC  assessment  and  required 
prepayments  to  replenish  the  DIF,  which  has  been  depleted  by  bank  failures  resulting  from  the  overall 
deterioration of the housing and economic environment in the United States.  The extent to which these and other 
factors impacted each of our business segments varied and is discussed in “Principal Business Activities” below. 

The  Corporation's  ROE  and  ROA  were  6.60  percent  and  0.50  percent,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2009, compared to 6.39 percent and 0.51 percent (7.89 percent and 0.63 percent, adjusted to exclude 
the  net  effect  of  the  impairment  charge)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008.    In  2009,  these  ratios  include  the 
effects of the Series A Preferred Stock dividends and accretion of the discount on net income available to common 
shareholders,  as  well  as  asset  growth  since  the  end  of  2008.    Our  strategic  goals  continue  to  focus  on  profitable 
growth that enhances long-term shareholder value.  We feel our ability to reach this goal has been enhanced by the 
Corporation’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program.  This capital provides flexibility to fund loan demand 
from  qualifying  commercial  and  consumer  borrowers  in  the  communities  we  serve  and  to  work  with  existing 
borrowers  who  may  be  experiencing  difficulty  servicing  their  debt  during these challenging economic times.  As 
the Bank was well-capitalized before participating in the Capital Purchase Program, it also provides insurance for 
unforeseen  events  in  these  turbulent  financial  times.    Nonetheless,  the  additional  capital  and  asset  growth  may 
delay improvement in ROE and ROA in the near term. 

We expect the following factors to influence the Corporation’s financial performance in 2010: 

  Retail  Banking:    Managing  the  risks  inherent  in  our  loan  portfolio  and  expenses  associated 
with  nonperforming  assets  will  influence  the  Bank’s  performance  during  2010.    General 
economic  trends,  particularly  the  economic  recession  that  we  are experiencing in the Bank’s 
markets,  can  affect  the  quality  of  the  loan  portfolio  and,  therefore,  our  provision  for  loan 
losses,  as  well  as  the  amount  of  our  nonperforming  assets.    In addition, the extent to which 
the FDIC charges higher premiums or special assessments in order to maintain the adequacy 
of the DIF will affect the Bank’s noninterest expenses during 2010.  Further, actions that may 
be  taken  by  the  federal  government  to  restrict  products  offered  by  banks,  such  as  overdraft 
protection, may affect the Bank’s noninterest income during 2010. 

  Mortgage Banking:  We expect the ongoing effects of lower demand for home mortgage loans 
resulting from reduced demand in both the new and resale housing markets to influence the 
origination volume at C&F Mortgage.  While continued lower interest rates and incentives for  

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
homebuyers  may  spur  activity  in  2010,  the  decline  in  housing  market  values,  coupled  with 
the  availability  of  fewer  mortgage  loan  products  and  tighter  underwriting  guidelines,  will 
temper demand.  Any rise in interest rates would ultimately reduce refinancing activity and 
potentially  new  and  resale  home  purchases,  thus  reducing  loan  originations.    In  addition, 
there  is  potential  repurchase  or  indemnification  liability  to  C&F  Mortgage  on  residential 
mortgage  loans  originated  and  sold  into  the  secondary  market  in  the  event  of  borrower 
misrepresentation, fraud or early-payment default.  While we mitigate the risk of repurchase 
liability by underwriting to the purchasers’ guidelines, and establishing appropriate reserves, 
and do not believe that our exposure to this liability is significant at this time, we cannot be 
assured  that  a  prolonged  period  of  payment  defaults  and  foreclosures  will  not  result  in  an 
increase  in  requests  for  repurchases  or  indemnifications,  which  would  adversely  affect  the 
Corporation’s net income. 

  Consumer Finance:  Changes in interest rates may affect net interest margin at C&F Finance in 
2010.  A significant portion of C&F Finance’s funding is indexed to short-term interest rates 
and reprices as short-term interest rates change.  An upward movement in interest rates may 
result  in  an  unfavorable  pricing  disparity  between  its  fixed  rate  loan  portfolio  and  its 
adjustable-rate  borrowings,  thus  causing  margin  compression  and  adversely  affecting  the 
Corporation’s net income.  The ongoing effects of the economic recession, including sustained 
unemployment  levels,  may  result  in  more  delinquencies  and  repossessions  at  C&F  Finance.  
The general availability of consumer credit or other factors that impact consumer confidence 
or  disposable  income  could  increase  loss  frequency  and  may  be  accompanied  by  decreased 
consumer demand for automobiles and declining values of automobiles securing outstanding 
loans,  which  weakens  collateral  coverage  and  increases  the  amount  of  loss  in  the  event  of 
default. 

Principal Business Activities 

An overview of the financial results for each of the Corporation’s principal segments is presented below.  A 

more detailed discussion is included in the section “Results of Operations.” 

Retail Banking:  The Retail Banking segment, which consists of the Bank, reported a net loss of $2.2 million 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  compared  to  net  income  of  $1.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2008.    The  decline  in  earnings  for  2009  included  the  effects  of  (1)  nonperforming  loans  on  interest  income,  (2)  a 
significant  increase  in  the  provision  for  loan  losses  attributable  to  credit  quality  issues  identified  in  the  loan 
portfolio,  (3)  a  $573,000  year-over-year  decline in overdraft charges on deposit accounts resulting from economic 
conditions  over  the  past  year,  which  have  heightened  customer  sensitivity  to  incurring  such  fees,  (4)  a  $973,000 
year-over-year  increase  in  assessments  for  deposit  insurance  resulting  from  the  FDIC’s  increased  annual 
assessments for all banks, coupled with its special assessment in the second quarter of 2009 to help restore the DIF, 
and (5) higher expenses related to nonaccrual loans and foreclosed properties.  Deposit repricing at lower interest 
rates and the implementation of interest rate floors on adjustable rate loans upon origination or renewal mitigated, 
to  a  large  degree,  the  effects  of  the  lower  interest  rate  environment  and  nonperforming  loans  on  the  Bank’s  net 
interest margin. 

The  Bank’s  credit  management  team  directed  significant  effort  throughout  2009  to  real  estate  loan 
workouts and restructurings and, when necessary, foreclosures.  After thoroughly evaluating the credit quality of 
the Bank’s loan portfolio and the carrying values of real estate acquired through foreclosure, we have charged off 
loans, written down foreclosed properties and increased reserves as we considered necessary.  These credit actions 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
resulted  in  a  $4.1  million  year-over-year  increase  in  the  Bank’s  provision  for  loan  losses  and  a  $2.2  million  year-
over-year increase in expenses for foreclosed properties. 

Mortgage  Banking:    The  Mortgage  Banking  segment,  which  consists  of  C&F  Mortgage,  reported  net 
income of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to net income of $1.5 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2008.  Earnings in 2009 included the positive effects of lower interest rates and federal home 
buyer tax credits.  Loan origination volume increased 41.9 percent for 2009 over 2008, resulting in $25.0 million of 
gains  on  sales  of  loans  for  2009,  compared  to  $16.7  million  for  2008.    This  revenue  growth  was  offset  in  part  by 
year-over-year  increases  of  (1)  $1.4  million  in  the  provision  for  indemnification  losses  resulting  from  a  higher 
number of claims by investors pursuant to recourse provisions as the continued deterioration of the U.S. economy 
caused an increase in defaults on mortgages by homeowners and (2) $6.5 million in personnel costs, principally for 
variable compensation associated with the increase in loan production and income.  While we mitigate the risk of 
repurchase  liability  by  underwriting  to  the  purchasers  guidelines,  we  cannot  eliminate  the  possibility  that  a 
prolonged period of payment defaults and foreclosures may result in an increase in requests for loan repurchases 
or indemnifications and the need for additional provisions in the future. 

While the mortgage banking industry has experienced significant operational problems and losses over the 
past  two  years,  our  Mortgage  Banking  segment  has  continued  to  contribute  to  the  Corporation’s  earnings.    Loan 
originations  for  2009  approximated  $1.1  billion.    For  2009,  loan  originations  at  C&F  Mortgage  for  refinancings 
increased  to  $499.7  million  from  $202.3  million  in  2008  as  customers  took  advantage  of  the  low  interest  rate 
environment.    Loans  originated  for  new  and  resale  home  purchases  increased  to  $563.4  million  from  to  $546.9 
million  in  2008.    The  decline  in  housing  market  values,  coupled  with  the  availability  of  fewer  mortgage  loan 
products and tighter underwriting guidelines, is expected to temper demand for the foreseeable future.  However, 
as a result of the consolidation within the mortgage banking industry, C&F Mortgage has been able to attract new 
mortgage  origination  talent  and  we  believe  that  these  additions  provide  the  potential  for  future  increased  loan 
production. 

Consumer Finance:  The Consumer Finance segment, which consists of C&F Finance, reported net income 
of $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to net income of $2.7 million for the year ended 
December  31,  2008.    Earnings  of  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  have  benefited  from  an  approximate  5  percent 
increase  in  average  consumer  finance  loans  outstanding  and  the  sustained  lower  short-term  interest  rate 
environment  in  2009.    Its  fixed-rate  loan  portfolio  is  partially  funded  by  a  variable-rate  line  of  credit  indexed  to 
LIBOR.  Therefore, its cost of funds declined and its net interest margin increased during 2009.  These benefits were 
offset in part by a year-over-year increase of $930,000 in the provision for loan losses resulting from loan growth 
and  the  overall  condition  of  the  economic  environment.    Controlling  charge-offs  within  C&F  Finance’s  loan 
portfolio  will  be  the  significant  factor  in  realizing  improved  earnings  in  the  future.    If  the  current  economic 
recession intensifies in C&F Finance’s markets and unemployment worsens, we would expect more delinquencies 
and  repossessions.    Depending  on  the  severity  of  any  further  downturn  in  the  economy,  decreased  consumer 
demand for automobiles and a decline in the value of automobiles securing outstanding loans could result, which 
would weaken collateral coverage and increase the amount of losses in the event of default. 

Other and Eliminations  The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2009 for this combined segment was 
$554,000,  compared  to  a  net  loss  of  $1.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008  (a  net  loss  of  $718,000, 
adjusted  to  exclude  the  $976,000  net  effect  of  the  impairment  charge).    Revenue  and  expense  of  this  combined 
segment  include  dividends  received  on  the  Corporation’s  investment  in  equity  securities  and  interest  expense 
associated  with  the  Corporation’s  trust  preferred  capital  notes.    The  decline  in  the  year-over-year  loss  resulted 
primarily  from  lower  interest  expense  on  the  Corporation’s  trust  preferred  capital  notes,  a  portion  of  which  are 
indexed to short-term interest rates. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Management 

During 2009, we have managed our capital through asset growth and lower dividends on common shares 
outstanding.  Total shareholders’ equity increased $24.0 million to $88.9 million at December 31, 2009, compared to 
$64.9  million  at  December  31,  2008.    This  increase  primarily  occurred  in  connection  with  the  Corporation’s 
participation in the Capital Purchase Program, as previously described.  As of December 31, 2009, the Corporation 
is  “well  capitalized”  (as  defined  in  the  regulations).    We  believe  the  Corporation’s  strong  capital  and  liquidity 
positions will allow for profitable growth should there be sufficient consumer spending and economic activity.  It is 
our ultimate intention to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock issued to the Treasury preferably before January 9, 
2014, at which time the dividend rate on the Series A Preferred Stock will increase.  We are currently analyzing the 
possibility of repayment in light of the Corporation’s overall financial condition, capitalization and liquidity.  Our 
considerations include whether repayment will require raising new capital and the cost of that capital, our future 
capital  needs  and  the  potential  sources  of  capital,  and  the  likelihood  of  continued  government  shareholder  and 
public scrutiny of compensation practices even after the Series A Preferred Stock redemption.   

Another  means  by  which  we  manage  our  capital  is  through  dividends.    The  Corporation’s  board  of 
directors  continued  its  policy  of  paying  dividends  in  2009.    The  quarterly  rate  was  decreased  from  31  cents  per 
common share in the first quarter of 2009 to 25 cents per common share for the remaining three quarters of 2009.  
The dividend payout ratio for 2009 was 73.5 percent based on net income available to common shareholders for the 
year  ended  December  31,  2009.    The  board  of  directors  continues  to  evaluate  our  dividend  payout  in  light  of 
changes  in  economic  conditions,  our  capital  levels  and  our  expected  future  levels  of  earnings.    However,  in 
connection with the Corporation’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program, as previously described, there are 
limitations on the Corporation’s ability to pay quarterly cash dividends in excess of $0.31 per share or to repurchase 
its common stock prior to the earlier of January 9, 2012 or the date on which Treasury no longer holds any of the 
Series  A  Preferred  Stock.    For  more  information  regarding  restrictions  imposed  on  the  Corporation  due  to  its 
participation in the Capital Purchase Program, see Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under 
the heading “Note 9: Shareholders’ Equity, Other Comprehensive Income and Earnings Per Common Share.”  

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

NET INTEREST INCOME  

The following table shows the average balance sheets for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 
and 2007.  The table also shows the amounts of interest earned on earning assets, with related yields, and interest 
expense  on  interest-bearing  liabilities,  with  related  rates.    Loans  include  loans  held  for  sale.    Loans  placed  on  a 
nonaccrual status are included in the balances and are included in the computation of yields, but had no material 
effect.    Interest  on  tax-exempt  loans and securities is presented on a taxable-equivalent basis (which converts the 
income on loans and investments for which no income taxes are paid to the equivalent yield if income taxes were 
paid using the federal corporate income tax rate of 35 percent in all three years presented). 

TABLE 1: Average Balances, Income and Expense, Yields and Rates 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Balance 

Expense 

Rate 

Balance 

Expense 

Rate 

Balance 

Expense 

Rate 

2009 

2008 (1) 

2007 (1) 

Average 

Income/ 

Yield/ 

Average 

Income/ 

Yield/ 

Average 

Income/ 

Yield/ 

Assets 
Securities: 

Taxable 

Tax-exempt 

Total securities 

Loans, net 

$  15,839 

$   549 

98,596 

114,435 

694,760 

6,502 

7,051 

60,179 

3.46% $  16,662 
77,164 
6.59   

93,826 

6.16   

8.66   

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks and 

Fed funds sold 

Total earning assets 

Allowance for loan losses 

Total non-earning assets 

Total assets 

6 

67,236 

0.15   

8.27   

3,936 

813,131 

(21,615)

84,457 

$875,973 

$    867 

5.20% $  11,659 

$    544 

5,094 

5,961 

63,280 

74,939 

4,349 

4,893 

4.66%

6.87   

6.53   

664,715 

59,918 

28 

65,907 

1,286 

759,827 

(17,182)

77,354 

$819,999 

601,685 

60,977 

10.13   

443 

66,313 

5.22   

9.68   

8,479 

685,103 

(14,926)

78,217 

$748,394 

6.60   

6.35   

9.01   

2.18   

8.67   

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 
Time and savings deposits: 

Interest-bearing deposits 

  Money market deposit accounts 

Savings accounts 

Certificates of deposit, $100 thousand 

or more 

  Other certificates of deposit 

Total time and savings deposits 

Borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Demand deposits 

Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and 

     shareholders’ equity 

Net interest income 

Interest rate spread 

Interest expense to average earning assets 

Net interest margin 

$  86,478 

66,562 

41,449 

640 

1,027 

0.74% $  82,560 
68,406 
1.54   

44 

0.11   

42,445 

834 

1.01% $  82,109 

1,699 

105 

2.48   

0.25   

51,624 

45,452 

119,246 

176,657 

490,392 

191,201 

681,593 

85,811 

22,378 

789,782 

86,191 

3,433 

5,174 

10,318 

5,141 

15,459 

2.88   

2.93   

2.10   

2.69   

2.27   

99,726 

167,849 

460,986 

193,466 

654,452 

83,533 

16,612 

754,597 

65,402 

4,088 

6,614 

13,340 

8,055 

21,395 

4.10   

3.94   

2.89   

4.16   

3.27   

99,653 

169,431 

448,269 

136,939 

585,208 

84,365 

13,751 

683,324 

65,070 

 912 

1,534 

301 

4,714 

7,469 

14,930 

8,448 

23,378 

$875,973 

$819,999 

$748,394 

$51,777 

$44,512 

$42,935 

6.00%

1.90%

6.37%

5.40%

2.82%

5.86%

1.11%

2.97   

0.66   

4.73   

4.41   

3.33   

6.17   

3.99   

5.69%

3.41%

6.27%

(1)  Certain amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.  

30 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest  income  and  expense  are  affected  by  fluctuations  in  interest  rates,  by  changes  in  the  volume  of 
earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and by the interaction of rate and volume factors.  The following table 
shows  the  direct  causes  of  the  year-to-year  changes  in  the  components  of  net  interest  income  on  a  taxable-
equivalent  basis.    We  calculated  the  rate  and  volume  variances  using  a  formula  prescribed  by  the  SEC.  
Rate/volume variances, the third element in the calculation, are not shown separately in the table, but are allocated 
to the rate and volume variances in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in 
each.  Loans include both nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale. 

TABLE 2: Rate-Volume Recap 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Interest income: 
Loans 

Securities: 

  Taxable 

  Tax-exempt 

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks and Fed funds sold 

     Total interest income 

Interest expense: 
Time and savings deposits: 

Interest-bearing deposits 

  Money market deposit accounts 

Savings accounts 

  Certificates of deposit, $100 thousand or more 

  Other certificates of deposit 

     Total time and savings deposits 

Borrowings 

     Total interest expense 

Change in net interest income 

2009 from 2008 

2008 from 2007(1) 

Increase (Decrease) 

Total 

Increase (Decrease) 

Due to 

Increase 

Due to 

Total 

Increase 

Rate 

Volume 

(Decrease) 

Rate 

Volume 

(Decrease) 

$(2,390)

$2,651 

$261 

$(7,103)

$6,044 

$(1,059)

(273)

(6) 

(28)

(2,697)

(229)

(627)

(59)

(1,360)

(1,772)

(4,047)

(2,821)

(6,868)
$  4,171 

(45) 

1,414  

6  

4,026  

35  

(45) 

(2) 

705  

332  

1,025  

(93) 

932  
$3,094  

(318)

1,408 

(22)

1,329 

(194)

(672)

(61)

(655)

(1,440)

(3,022)

(2,914)

(5,936)

$7,265 

69 

(177) 

(156)

(7,367)

(83)

(280)

(177)

(629)

(785)

(1,954)

(3,247)

(5,201)

$(2,166)

254 

922 

(259)

6,961 

5 

445 

(19)

3 

(70)

364 

2,854 

3,218 

$3,743 

323 

745 

(415)

(406)

(78)

165 

(196)

(626)

(855)

(1,590)

(393)

(1,983)

$1,577 

(1)  Certain amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.  

2009 Compared to 2008 

Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $51.8 million, 
compared  to  $44.5  million  for  2008.    The  higher  net  interest  income  resulted  from  a  year-over-year  7.0  percent 
increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets, coupled with a 51 basis point increase in the net interest 
margin for 2009 over 2008.  The increase in the net interest margin occurred primarily at C&F Finance as its fixed-
rate  loan  portfolio  is  partially  funded  by  a  variable-rate  line  of  credit  indexed  to  LIBOR,  which  has  been 
significantly lower throughout 2009.  At the Bank, deposit repricing at lower interest rates and the implementation 
of  interest  rate  floors  on  adjustable  rate  loans  upon  origination  or  renewal  throughout  2009  have  mitigated,  to  a 
large degree, the effects of the lower interest rate environment and nonperforming loans on its net interest margin. 

Total  average  loans  increased  $30.0  million  for  2009  over  2008.    Average  loans  held  for  investment 
increased $9.6 million for 2009 over 2008.  The Bank’s average loan portfolio increased only slightly during 2009, by 
$2.3 million, in relation to 2008.  The Bank’s residential mortgage loan growth throughout 2009 was offset to a large 
degree by $16.1 million of transfers of commercial loans secured by residential real estate to foreclosed properties 
in 2009.  C&F Finance’s average loan portfolio increased $8.9 million during 2009 as a result of the purchase of a 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
portfolio  of  seasoned  loans  in  the  Virginia  market  from  an  unrelated  finance  company,  as  well  as  increased 
production  within  existing  markets.    C&F  Mortgage’s  average  loan  portfolio  of  short-term  bridge  loans  and 
repurchased loans decreased $1.6 million in 2009 as a result of charge-offs and transfers to foreclosed properties.  
Average  loans  held  for  sale  at  C&F  Mortgage  increased  $20.4  million  during  2009  as  a  result  of  higher  loan 
demand, in particular for refinancing products, in the lower interest rate environment in 2009.  The overall yield on 
loans  held  for  investment  at  the  Bank  and  C&F  Mortgage  and  loans  held  for  sale  at  C&F  Mortgage  decreased 
during 2009 in relation to 2008 as a result of a general decrease in interest rates.  The yield on C&F Finance’s loan 
portfolio increased during 2009 in relation to 2008 as a result of higher rates on loans originated in 2009 and higher 
loan origination fee income. 

Average  securities  available  for  sale  increased  $20.6  million  for  2009  over  2008.    The  increase  in  securities 
available for sale occurred predominantly in the Bank’s municipal bond portfolio, which resulted from a strategy to 
increase the Bank’s securities portfolio as a percentage of total assets.  The lower investment portfolio yields in 2009 
in  relation  to  2008  resulted  from  the  current  interest  rate environment in which portfolio growth has occurred at 
lower yields and higher-yielding securities were called or matured, coupled with a decline in dividends on FHLB 
stock in 2009.   

Average interest-earning deposits at other banks, primarily the Federal Reserve Bank in 2009 and the FHLB 
in  2008,  and  federal  funds  sold  increased  $2.7  million  for 2009 over 2008.  Fluctuations in the average balance of 
these  low-yielding  assets  occurred  in  response  to  loan  demand.    The  lower  yield  on  interest-earning  deposits  at 
other banks in 2009 in relation to 2008 resulted from the decline in short-term interest rates that began in late 2007. 

Average  interest-bearing  time  and  savings  deposits  increased  $29.4  million  for  2009  over  2008.    Growth  in 
lower-rate retail transaction accounts resulted from our deposit strategies that emphasize retention of multi-service 
customer relationships including larger-balance business accounts.  Growth in time deposits occurred in deposits 
of municipalities in our market areas and retail depositors who are maintaining flexibility in their investing options 
due to the unpredictability in the stock market.  The average cost of deposits declined 79 basis points during 2009 
in relation to 2008 as a result of repricing transaction accounts as interest rates declined throughout 2008 and the 
more  gradual  repricing  of  time  deposits  throughout  2008  and  2009  to  interest  rates  that  are  lower  than  their 
maturing rates. 

Average  borrowings  decreased  $2.3  million  during  2009  in  relation  to  2008  as  the  increase  in  deposits  and 
reductions  in  loans  held  for  investment  reduced  the  need  for  additional  funding  sources.    The  average  cost  of 
borrowings  decreased  147  basis  points  during  2009  in  relation  to  2008  because  a  portion  of  the  Corporation’s 
borrowings is indexed to short-term interest rates, which remained low throughout 2009. 

Interest  rates  will  be  a  significant  factor  influencing  the  performance  of  all  of  the  Corporation’s  business 
segments during 2010.  The continued repricing of time deposits to lower interest rates should reduce funding costs 
and  relieve  net  interest  margin  compression,  unless  competition  for  deposits  hinders  a  decline  in  rates  paid  for 
deposits. 

2008 Compared to 2007 

Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $44.5 million, 
compared to $42.9 million for 2007.  The higher net interest income resulted primarily from a 10.9 percent increase 
in the average balance of interest-earning assets during 2008.  The benefit of this growth was partially offset by a 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
decrease in net interest margin to 5.86 percent for 2008 from 6.27 percent for 2007.  The decrease in the net interest 
margin was a result of a decline in the yield on interest-earning assets that exceeded the decline in the interest rates 
paid  on  interest-bearing  liabilities.    The  combination  of  rapidly  declining  short-term  interest  rates  and  increased 
competition  for  deposits  in  2008  resulted  in  a  pricing  disparity  between  loans  and  deposits,  which  lowered  net 
interest margin. 

Average loans held for investment increased $67.6 million during 2008 over 2007.  The Bank’s average loan 
portfolio  increased  $44.0  million  during  2008  primarily  as  a  result  of  residential  mortgage  loan  and  commercial 
loan growth.  C&F Finance’s average loan portfolio increased $22.2 million during 2008 as result of overall growth 
at existing locations and the expansion into new markets in 2007.  C&F Mortgage’s average loan portfolio increased 
$1.4 million during 2008 as a result of the introduction of short-term bridge loans in 2007 and repurchased loans.  
Average  loans  held  for  sale  at  C&F  Mortgage  decreased  $4.6  million  during  2008  as  a  result  of  a  decline  in  loan 
demand.  The overall yield on loans held for investment at all our business segments and loans held for sale at C&F 
Mortgage segment during 2008 decreased as a result of a general decrease in interest rates. 

Average securities available for sale increased $18.9 million during 2008 over 2007.  The increase in securities 
available for sale occurred predominantly in the Bank’s municipal bond portfolio.  This resulted from a strategy to 
increase the Bank’s securities portfolio as a percentage of total assets.  The lower yields in 2008 in relation to 2007 
resulted from the 2008 interest rate environment in which securities purchases were made at yields less than those 
being called.  In addition, securities yields for 2007 included the receipt of seven quarters of previously-suspended 
dividends from one preferred stock holding. 

Average  interest-earning  deposits  at  other  banks,  primarily  the  FHLB,  decreased  $7.5  million  during  2008 
from  2007.    Fluctuations  in  the  average  balance  of  these  low-yielding  deposits  occurred  in  response  to  loan 
demand, an increase in the securities portfolio, and improved cash management strategies.  The average yield on 
interest-earning deposits at other banks decreased in 2008 in relation to 2007 due to declines in short-term interest 
rates beginning in September 2007 and continuing throughout 2008. 

Average interest-bearing customer deposits increased $12.7 million during 2008 over 2007.  The majority of 
the  growth  occurred  in  lower-rate  transaction  accounts  as  opposed  to  higher-costing  certificates  of  deposit  as  a 
result  of  our  deposit  strategies  that  emphasize  retention  of  multi-service  customer  relationships,  coupled  with 
depositors’  preferences  to  retain  cash  to  maintain  flexibility  in  their  investing  options  as  the  value  of  the  stock 
market declined during 2008.  The average cost of deposits declined 44 basis points during 2008 in relation to 2007.  
As  sources  of  wholesale  funding  available  to  the  financial  services  industry  diminished  beginning  in  mid-2007, 
competition for deposits within the industry has intensified and rates on time deposits have been slower to decline 
than short-term interest rates.  However, as time deposits matured during last half of 2008, deposit rates began to 
decline. 

Average  borrowings  increased  $56.5  million  during  2008  over  2007.    This  increase  was  attributable  to 
increased  use  of  the  third-party  line  of  credit  by  C&F  Finance  to  fund  loan  growth,  increased  use  of  borrowings 
from the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank to fund loan growth at the Bank and C&F Finance, and the issuance 
of trust preferred capital securities in late 2007 for general corporate purposes, including the refinancing of existing 
debt.  A portion of these borrowings is indexed to short-term interest rates and reprices as short-term interest rates 
change.  Accordingly, the average cost of borrowings decreased 201 basis points during 2008 in relation to 2007 as 
interest rates fell. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NONINTEREST INCOME  

TABLE 3: Noninterest Income 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 

Service charges on deposit accounts 

Other service charges and fees 

Gains on calls of available for sale securities 

Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

Year Ended December 31, 2009 

Retail 

Banking 

$     --       

3,303      

1,650      

44      

807      

Mortgage 

Banking 

 $24,976  

--  

3,359  

--  

852  

$5,804      

$29,187  

Consumer 

Other and 

Finance 
 $  --          
--          
9         
--          
594         
$603         

Eliminations 

Total 

$        --     

$24,976     

--     

--     

(22)   

1,117    

3,303     

5,018     

22      

3,370     

$  1,095    

$36,689     

Year Ended December 31, 2008 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 

Service charges on deposit accounts 

Other service charges and fees 

Gains on calls of available for sale securities 

Other-than-temporary impairment of available for sale 

securities 

Other income 

          Retail 

          Banking 

Mortgage 

Banking 

$     --       

3,907      

1,550      

227      

--      

349      

$16,714  

--  

2,163  

--  

--  

5  

  Total noninterest income 

$6,033      

$18,882  

Consumer 

 Other and 

Finance 
 $  --          
--          
8         
--          

--          
580         
$588         

Eliminations 

Total 

$   (21)    

$16,693     

--     

--     

7     

3,907     

3,721     

234      

(1,575)    

1,235     

(1,575)     

2,169     

$   (354)    

$25,149     

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 

Service charges on deposit accounts 

Other service charges and fees 

Gains on calls of available for sale securities 

Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

2009 Compared to 2008 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 

          Retail 

          Banking 

$     --       

3,684      

1,364      

21      

247      

Mortgage 

Banking 

$15,854  

--  

2,57  

--  

218  

$5,316      

$18,644  

Consumer 

Other and 

Finance 
 $  --          
--          
84         
--          
506         
$590         

Eliminations 

Total 

$   (21)    

$15,833     

--     

--     

--     

1,349     

3,684     

4,020     

21      

2,320     

$ 1,328     

$25,878     

Total  noninterest  income  increased  45.9  percent  to  $36.7  million  in  2009  from  $25.1  million  in  2008.    The 
increase primarily resulted from (1) increased gains on sales of loans and ancillary fees associated with higher loan 
originations in the Mortgage Banking segment in 2009, (2) higher bank card interchange fees and a fee received in 
connection with a change in the debit card processor in the Retail Banking segment and (3) 2009 not having the $1.6 
million other-than-temporary impairment in the Corporation’s holdings of perpetual preferred stock of Fannie Mae 
and Freddie Mac that was recognized in 2008.  The increase was offset in part by a $573,000 decline in overdraft 
fees  at  the  Retail  Banking  segment  as  a  result  of  economic  conditions  over  the  past  year,  which  have  heightened 
customer sensitivity to incurring such fees.   

2008 Compared to 2007 

Total  noninterest  income  declined  2.8  percent  to  $25.1  million  in  2008  in  relation  to  2007.    The  decrease 
primarily resulted from a $1.6 million other-than-temporary impairment in the Corporation’s holdings of perpetual 
preferred  stock  of  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac,  as  previously  described.    The  impairment  charge  in  the  Other 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
segment    offset  increases  in  other  income  in  the  Retail  Banking  and  Mortgage  Banking  segments.    Noninterest 
income  at  the  Retail  Banking  segment  increased  during  2008  as  a  result  of  higher  customer  usage  and  a  pricing 
increase in the Bank’s overdraft protection program, higher usage of bank card and ATM services, a higher number 
of investment securities calls at premium call rates, gains on sales of pre-refunded available-for-sale securities and 
a  gain  on  the  sale  of  the  Bank’s  credit  card  portfolio.    Noninterest  income  at  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment 
increased during 2008 as a result of higher gains on sales of loans, which was attributable to higher profit margins 
on loans originated and sold.  The increase in gains was offset in part by lower volume-dependent ancillary fees. 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE 

TABLE 4: Noninterest Expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 

Occupancy expense 

Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 

Occupancy expense 

Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 

Occupancy expense 

Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

2009 Compared to 2008 

Year Ended December 31, 2009 

Retail 

Banking 

$13,881       
3,471       
9,001       
$26,353       

Mortgage 

Banking 

Consumer 

Finance 

 $15,381       
1,808       
7,566       
$24,755       

$5,183       
408       
2,305       
$7,896       

Other 

$   673       
27       
463       
$1,163       

Total 

$35,118     

5,714     

19,335     

$60,167     

Year Ended December 31, 2008 

Retail Banking 

$13,378       
3,628       
6,299       
$23,305       

Mortgage 

Banking 

Consumer 

Finance 

 $8,889       
1,962       
6,536       
$17,387       

$4,662       
416       
2,299       
$7,377       

Other 

Total 

$   795       
25       
431       
$1,251       

$27,724       

6,031       

15,565       

$49,320       

Year Ended December 31, 2007 

Retail Banking 

$14,626       
3,780       
4,811       
$23,217       

Mortgage 

Banking 

Consumer 

Finance 

 $11,095       
1,868       
4,222       
$17,185       

$4,317       
384       
2,086       
$6,787       

Other 

Total 

$   749       
26       
407       
$1,182       

$30,787       

6,058       

11,526       

$48,371       

Total  noninterest  expense  increased  22.0  percent  to  $60.2  million  in  2009  as  compared  to  $49.3  million  in 
2008.  The Mortgage Banking segment reported higher variable personnel and operating expenses as a result of the 
increase in loan production in 2009, as well as a $1.4 million increase in the provision for indemnification losses.  
The Retail Banking segment reported higher operating expense predominantly arising from a $973,000 increase in 
FDIC deposit insurance premiums, including the special assessment in 2009 to help replenish the DIF, and a $2.2 
million  increase  in  foreclosed  property  expenses  and  write-downs  in  2009.    Increases  in  personnel  costs  and 
operating  expenses  at  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  during  2009  resulted  from  staff  additions  to  support  loan 
growth and operating expenses associated with loan production. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2008 Compared to 2007 

Total noninterest expense increased 2.0 percent to $49.3 million in 2008 in relation to 2007.  The increase at 
the  Retail  Banking  segment  included  the  effects  of  higher  assessments  for  deposit  insurance  resulting  from  the 
FDIC’s  implementation  of  its  amended  assessment  system,  higher  expenses  associated  with  the  enhancement  of 
our  internet  banking  service,  and  higher  loan  and  foreclosed  properties  expenses  associated  with  nonperforming 
assets.  These increases were offset in part by lower salaries and benefits resulting from personnel reductions and 
lower bonuses.  The increase at the Mortgage Banking segment included the effects of a write-down in the carrying 
value of certain foreclosed properties, an increase in the provision for estimated indemnification losses, and higher 
legal  expenses  related  to  troubled  loans.    These  increases  were  offset  in  part  by  lower  production-based  salaries 
and  bonuses.    The  increase  at  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  included  the  effects  of  higher  personnel  costs  and 
operating expenses to support growth and technology enhancements. 

INCOME TAXES 

Applicable income taxes on 2009 earnings amounted to $1.9 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 26.0 
percent, compared with $617,000, or 12.9 percent, in 2008 and $3.3 million, or 28.3 percent, in 2007.  The increase in 
the  effective  rate  in  2009  in  relation  to  2008  resulted  from  higher  pre-tax  earnings  at  the  non-bank  business 
segments,  which  are  not  exempt  from  state  income  taxes,  which  was  offset  in  part  by  the  increase  in  the  Bank’s 
municipal bond portfolio, which generates tax-exempt interest income.  The decrease in the effective rate in 2008 in 
relation to 2007 resulted from higher tax-exempt income on securities and loans as a percentage of pretax income. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSET QUALITY 

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be adequate to absorb any 
losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible.  The provision for loan losses increases the allowance, and 
loans charged off, net of recoveries, reduce the allowance.  The following table presents the Corporation’s loan loss 
experience for the periods indicated: 

TABLE 5: Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Allowance, beginning of period 
Provision for loan losses: 
  Retail Banking 
  Mortgage Banking 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total provision for loan losses 
Loans charged off: 
  Real estate—residential mortgage 
  Real estate—construction 
  Commercial, financial and agricultural 
  Consumer 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total loans charged off 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off: 
  Real estate—residential mortgage 
  Real estate—construction 
  Commercial, financial and agricultural 
  Consumer 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total recoveries 
Net loans charged off 
Allowance, end of period 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans 
  outstanding during period for Retail Banking and 
  Mortgage Banking 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans 
  outstanding during period for Consumer Finance 

2009 
$19,806   

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 
2007 
2008 
$13,064   $11,144   
$14,216  
$15,963   

2005 

6,400   
563   
11,600   
18,563   

1,655   
2,234   
1,110   
190   
10,988   
16,177   

2,300   
796   
10,670   
13,766   

179   
—   
211   
362   
10,807   
11,559   

280  
120  
6,730  
7,130  

34  
—   
2  
187  
7,077  
7,300  

(250) 
—  
4,875  
4,625  

32  
—   
97  
229  
4,735  
5,093  

400   
—   
5,120   
5,520   

—   
—   
20   
227   
4,738   
4,985   

3   
11   
27   
63   
1,731   
1,835   
14,342   
$24,027   

—   
—   
14   
97   
1,525   
1,636   
9,923   
$19,806   

1  
—   
125  
114  
1,677  
1,917  
5,383  
$15,963  

1  
—   
69  
146  
1,404  
1,620  
3,473  

—   
—   
49   
57   
1,279   
1,385   
3,600   
$14,216   $13,064   

1.09%

.14%

—   

.03%

.03%

5.18%

5.46%

3.65%

2.76%

3.33%

During  2009,  there  was  a  $1.9  million  increase  in  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  at  the  combined  Retail 
Banking  and  Mortgage  Banking  segments  since  December  31,  2008,  and  the  provision  for  loan  losses  at  these 
combined  segments  increased  $3.9  million  in  2009  over  2008.    These  increases  were  attributable  to  the  level  of 
nonperforming  assets  of  the  combined  Retail  Banking  and  Mortgage Banking segments as discussed below.  Net 
charge-offs for these combined segments increased $4.4 million year-over-year, which included write downs at the 
Bank  of  several  collateral-dependent  commercial  real  estate  relationships  based  on  impairment  analyses,  which 
indicated  that  their  respective  carrying  values  exceeded  the  fair  market  value  of  the  underlying  real  estate 
collateral.    We  believe  that  the  current  level  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  at  the  combined  Retail  Banking  and 
Mortgage Banking segments is adequate to absorb any losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible.  If 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
current  economic  conditions  continue  or  worsen,  a  higher  level  of  nonperforming  loans  may  be  experienced  in 
future periods, which may then require a higher provision for loan losses. 

The Consumer Finance segment’s allowance for loan losses increased to $15.0 million at December 31, 2009 
from $12.6 million at December 31, 2008, and its provision for loan losses increased $930,000 in 2009 over 2008.  The 
increase in the provision for loan losses was primarily attributable to loan growth and the current overall economic 
environment.  Net charge-offs at the Consumer Finance segment declined slightly during 2009 in relation to 2008 
due  to  modifications  in  underwriting  criteria  that  had  been  implemented  several  years  ago,  enhanced  collection 
efforts and improved resale values of repossessed vehicles.  We believe that the current level of the allowance for 
loan losses at the Consumer Finance segment is adequate to absorb any losses on existing loans that may become 
uncollectible.  However, if unemployment persists at or near current levels and if weakening consumer demand for 
automobiles  results  in  declining  values  of  automobiles  securing  outstanding  loans,  a  higher  provision  for  loan 
losses may become necessary. 

For further information regarding the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, refer to “Nonperforming 

Assets” within this Item 7. 

Loan Loss Allowance Methodology – Retail Banking and Mortgage Banking.  We conduct an analysis of the loan 
portfolio on a regular basis.  We use this analysis to assess the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses and to 
determine  the  necessary  provision  for  loan  losses.    The  review  process  generally  begins  with  loan  officers  or 
management identifying problem loans to be reviewed on an individual basis for impairment.  In addition to these 
loans,  all  substandard  commercial,  construction  and  residential  loans  in  excess  of  $500,000  are  evaluated  for 
individual impairment testing.  Impairment is measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows 
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if 
the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.    We  then  establish  a  specific  allowance  based  on  the  difference  between  the 
carrying  value  of  the  loan  and  its  estimated  fair  value.    We  segregate  the  loans  meeting  the  criteria  for  special 
mention,  substandard,  doubtful  and  loss,  as  well  as  impaired  loans,  from  performing  loans  within  the  portfolio.  
We  then  group  loans  by  loan  type  (e.g.,  commercial,  consumer)  and  by  risk  rating  (e.g.,  substandard,  doubtful).  
We assign each loan type an allowance factor based on the associated risk, complexity and size of the individual 
loans within the particular loan category.  We assign classified loans a higher allowance factor than non-rated loans 
within  a  particular  loan  type  based  on  our  concerns  regarding  collectibility  or  our  knowledge  of  particular 
elements surrounding the borrower.  Our allowance factors increase with the severity of classification.  Allowance 
factors used for unclassified loans are based on our analysis of charge-off history and our judgment based on the 
overall  analysis  of  the  lending  environment  including  the  general  economic  conditions.    The  allowance  for  loan 
losses is the aggregate of specific allowances, the calculated allowance required for classified loans by category and 
the general allowance for each portfolio type. 

In  conjunction  with  the  methodology  described  above,  we  consider  the  following  risk  elements  that  are 

inherent in the loan portfolio: 

  Residential  real  estate  loans  and  equity  lines  of  credit  carry  risks  associated  with  the  continued  credit-

worthiness of the borrower and changes in the value of the collateral. 

  Construction  loans  carry  risks  that  the  project  will  not  be  finished  according to schedule, the project will 
not be finished according to budget and the value of the collateral may at any point in time be less than the 
principal amount of the loan.  Construction loans also bear the risk that the general contractor, who may or 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
may  not  be  a  loan  customer,  may  be  unable  to  finish  the  construction  project  as  planned  because  of 
financial pressure unrelated to the project. 

  Commercial real estate loans may carry risks associated with the successful operation of a business or a real 
estate project, in addition to other risks associated with the ownership of real estate, because the repayment 
of these loans may be dependent upon the profitability and cash flows of the business or project. 

  Commercial  business  loans  carry  risks  associated  with  the  successful  operation  of  a  business,  which  is 
usually the source of loan repayment, and the value of the collateral, which may depreciate over time and 
cannot be appraised with as much precision as real estate. 

  Consumer loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and the value 
of the collateral (e.g., rapidly-depreciating assets such as automobiles), or lack thereof.  Consumer loans are 
more  likely  than  real  estate  loans  to  be  immediately  adversely  affected  by  job  loss,  divorce,  illness  or 
personal bankruptcy. 

Loan  Loss  Allowance  Methodology  –  Consumer  Finance.    The  Consumer  Finance  segment’s  loans  consist  of 
non-prime  automobile  loans.    These  loans  carry  risks  associated  with  (1)  the  continued  credit-worthiness  of 
borrowers  who  may  be  unable  to  meet  the  credit  standards  imposed  by  most  traditional  automobile  financing 
sources and (2) the value of rapidly-depreciating collateral.  These loans do not lend themselves to a classification 
process  because  of  the  short  duration  of  time  between  delinquency  and  repossession.    Therefore,  the  loan  loss 
allowance  review  process  generally  focuses  on  the  rates  of  delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses.  
Allowance factors also include an analysis of charge-off history and our judgment based on the overall analysis of 
the lending environment. 

The allocation of the allowance at December 31 for the years indicated and the ratio of related outstanding 

loan balances to total loans are as follows: 

TABLE 6: Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Allocation of allowance for loan losses, end of year: 

Real estate—residential mortgage 

Real estate—construction 

Commercial, financial and agricultural1 

Equity lines 

Consumer 

Consumer finance 

Unallocated 

Balance, December 31 

Ratio of loans to total year-end loans: 

Real estate—residential mortgage 

Real estate—construction 

Commercial, financial and agricultural1 

Equity lines 

Consumer 

Consumer finance 

    2009 

    2008 

    2007 

    2006 

    2005 

$   1,295   

$   1,576   

$     684   

$     502   

$     402   

281   

7,022   

211   

267   

14,951   
--    

483   

4,752   

167   

220   

267   

3,384   

143   

265   

12,608   

11,220   

--    

--    

136   

3,031   

134   

326   

9,890   

197   

202   

3,776   

124   

214   

8,346   

--   

$24,027   

$19,806   

$15,963   

$14,216   

$13,064   

23%

2   

39   

5   

1   

30   

100%

22%

4   

42   

4   

1   

27   

100%

20%

5   

43   

4   

1   

27   

100%

22%

2   

44   

5   

2   

25   

100%

20%

4   

45   

5   

2   

24   

100%

1 Includes loans secured by real estate for builder lines, acquisition and development and commercial development, as well as commercial loans 

secured by personal property. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Assets 

Table 7 summarizes nonperforming assets at December 31, of each of the past five years. 

TABLE 7: Nonperforming Assets 

Retail Banking and Mortgage Banking 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Nonaccrual loans*-Retail Banking 

Nonaccrual loans*-Mortgage Banking 

OREO**-Retail Banking 

OREO**-Mortgage Banking 

  Total nonperforming assets 

Accruing loans* past due for 90 days or more 

Total loans* 

Allowance for loan losses 

Nonperforming assets to total loans* and OREO** 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans* 

Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans* 
*  Loans exclude Consumer Finance segment loans presented below. 

     2009 

     2008 

     2007 

     2006 

    2005 

$    4,812    

$  17,222    

$      495    

$       955    

$    4,083    

204    

12,360    

440    

1,460    

1,370    

596    

732    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

$  17,816    

$  20,648    

$    1,227    

$       955    

$    4,083    

$        451    

$    3,517    

$       578    

$    1,629    

$    3,826    

$447,592    

$480,438    

$441,648    

$399,195    

$366,962    

$    9,076    

$    7,198    

$   4,743    

$    4,326    

$    4,718    

3.87% 
2.03 
180.94 

4.28% 
1.50 
38.53 

0.28% 
1.07 
386.55 

0.24% 

1.08    

1.11% 

1.29    

452.98    

115.56    

** Other real estate owned (OREO) is recorded at its fair market value less cost to sell. 

Consumer Finance 
 (Dollars in thousands) 

Nonaccrual loans 

Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more 

Total loans 

Allowance for loan losses 

Nonaccrual consumer finance loans to total consumer finance loans 

Allowance for loan losses to total consumer finance loans 

        2009 

        2008 

     2007 

     2006 

    2005 

$        387    

$        798    

$    1,388    

$       880    

$    1,819    

$          —    

$          —    

$          —    

$           8    

$          26    

$189,439    

$172,385    

$160,196    

$132,864    

$111,141    

$  14,951    

$  12,608    

$  11,220    

$    9,890    

$    8,346    

0.20% 

7.89% 

0.46% 

7.31% 

0.87% 

7.00% 

0.66% 

7.44% 

1.64% 

7.51% 

Nonperforming assets of the Retail Banking segment totaled $17.2 million at December 31, 2009 compared 
to $18.6 million at December 31, 2008.  While there was a slight decrease of $1.4 million overall, the composition of 
the  Bank’s  nonperforming  assets  shifted  from  nonaccrual  loans  to  other  real  estate  owned  (OREO)  assets.    As 
nonaccrual  loans  were  charged-off  during  2009,  the  Bank  foreclosed  and  took  possession  of  the  underlying 
collateral.    The  largest  components  of  the  Bank’s  nonaccrual  loans  are  three  commercial  relationships  and  one 
individual borrower aggregating $4.3 million, which are secured by residential real estate, and for which specific 
reserves  totaling  $1.1  million  have  been  established.    We  believe  we  have  provided  adequate  loan  loss  reserves 
based on current appraisals of the collateral.  In some cases, appraisals have been adjusted to reflect current trends 
including  sales  prices,  expenses,  absorption  periods  and  other  current  relevant  factors.    Nonaccrual  loans  also 
include certain loans that have been modified in troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) where economic concessions 
have been granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties.  These 
concessions  typically  are  made  for  loss  mitigation  purposes  and  could  include  reductions  in  the  interest  rate, 
payment  extensions,  forgiveness  of  principal,  forbearance  or  other  actions.    At  December  31,  2009,  the  Bank’s 
nonaccrual  loans,  as  presented  in  Table  7:  Nonperforming  Assets,  included  $277,000  of  TDRs.    TDRs  that  were 
performing  in  accordance  with  their  modified  terms  and  excluded  from  nonperforming  loans  in  Table  7: 
Nonperforming  Loans,  were  $2.8  million  at  December  31,  2009.    There  were  no  TDRs  prior  to  2009.    The  largest 
component  of  the  Bank’s  foreclosed  properties  is  $11.04  million  of  residential  properties  associated  with  five 
commercial  relationships.    These  properties  have  been  written  down  to  their  estimated  fair  values  based  upon 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
current  appraisals  less  selling  costs.    As  with  nonaccrual  loans,  in  some  cases  appraisals  were  adjusted  to  reflect 
current trends including sales prices, expenses, absorption periods and other current relevant factors. 

Nonperforming assets of the Mortgage Banking segment totaled $644,000 at December 31, 2009 compared 
to $2.1 million at December 31, 2008.  This decrease resulted from sales of OREO, loan charge-offs and write-downs 
of the carrying value of foreclosed properties to their fair values less costs to sell. 

We  have  increased  our  allowance  as  a  percentage  of  total  loans  at  the  combined  Retail  Banking  and 
Mortgage  Banking  segments  largely  as  a  result  of  the  sustained  deterioration  in  the  economy,  in  particular  the 
housing market.  We may continue to make adjustments to the allowance level in the future based upon changes in 
our portfolios and general economic conditions. 

Nonaccrual loans at the Consumer Finance segment have declined from $798,000 at December 31, 2008 to 
$387,000  at  December  31,  2009.    Nonetheless,  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  increased  from  $12.6  million  at 
December  31,  2008  to  $15.0  million  at  December  31,  2009,  and  the  ratio  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  total 
consumer  finance  loans  increased  58  basis  points,  as  a  result  of  loan  growth  and  our  concern  about  general 
employment  levels  and  economic  conditions.    The  Consumer  Finance  segment’s  loan  portfolio  could  be 
immediately  adversely  affected  by  the  ongoing  effects  of  the  economic  recession.    High  unemployment  levels, 
decreased  consumer  demand  for  automobiles  and  declining  values  of  automobiles  securing  outstanding  loans 
could increase the level of charge-offs.  We may make adjustments to our allowance level in the future based upon 
changes in our loan portfolio and general economic conditions. 

In  accordance  with  its  policies  and  guidelines  and  consistent  with  industry  practices,  C&F  Finance,  at 
times, offers payment deferrals to borrowers, whereby the borrower is allowed to move up to two payments within 
a  twelve-month  rolling  period  to  the  end  of  the  loan,  generally  by  paying  a  fee.    An  account  for  which  all 
delinquent payments are deferred is classified as current at the time the deferment is granted and therefore is not 
included  as  a  delinquent  account.    Thereafter,  such  an  account  is  aged  based  on  the  timely  payment  of  future 
installments  in  the  same  manner  as  any  other  account.    We  evaluate  the  results  of  this  deferment  strategy  based 
upon the amount of cash installments that are collected on accounts after they have been deferred versus the extent 
to which the collateral underlying the deferred accounts has depreciated over the same period of time.  Based on 
this evaluation, we believe that payment deferrals granted according to our policies and guidelines are an effective 
portfolio management technique and result in higher ultimate cash collections.  Payment deferrals may affect the 
ultimate timing of when an account is charged off.  Increased use of deferrals may result in a lengthening of the 
loss confirmation period, which would increase expectations of credit losses inherent in the portfolio and therefore 
increase the allowance for loan losses and related provision for loan losses. 

During  periods  of  economic  slowdown  or  recession,  delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses 
generally  increase  at  the  Consumer  Finance  segment.    These  periods  also  may  be  accompanied  by  decreased 
consumer  demand  for  automobiles  and  declining  values  of  automobiles  securing  outstanding  loans,  which 
weakens collateral coverage and increases the amount of a loss in the event of default.  Significant increases in the 
inventory of used automobiles during periods of economic recession may also depress the prices at which we may 
sell  repossessed  automobiles  or  delay  the  timing  of  these  sales.    Because  C&F  Finance  focuses  on  non-prime 
borrowers, the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses on these loans are higher than those 
experienced  in  the  general  automobile  finance  industry  and  could  be  more  dramatically  affected  by  a  general 
economic downturn.  While we manage the higher risk inherent in loans made to non-prime borrowers through the 
underwriting criteria and collection methods employed by C&F Finance, we cannot guarantee that these criteria or 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
methods will afford adequate protection against these risks.  However, we believe that the current allowance for 
loan  losses  is  appropriate  to  absorb  any  losses  on  existing  Consumer  Finance  segment  loans  that  may  become 
uncollectible. 

We  generally  place  loans  at  the  Retail  Banking,  Mortgage  Banking  and  Consumer  Finance  segments  on 
nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, or earlier, if collection is 
uncertain  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  net  realizable  value  of  the  collateral  and  the  financial  strength  of  the 
borrower.  Loans greater than 90 days past due may remain on accrual status if we determine we have adequate 
collateral to cover the principal and interest.  For those loans that are carried on nonaccrual status, payments are 
first  applied  to  principal  outstanding.    We  would  have  recorded  additional  gross  interest  income  of  $668,000  for 
2009,  $439,000  for  2008  and  $56,000  for  2007  if  nonaccrual  loans  had  been  current  throughout  these  periods.  
Interest received on nonaccrual loans was $13,000 in 2009, $23,000 in 2008 and $219,000 in 2007. 

At the Consumer Finance segment, the automobile repossession process is generally initiated after a loan 
becomes  more  than  60  days  delinquent.    Repossessions  are  handled  by  independent  repossession  firms  once 
engaged by C&F Finance.  After the prescribed waiting period, the repossessed automobile is sold in a third-party 
auction.  We credit the proceeds from the sale of the automobile, and any other recoveries, against the balance of 
the loan.  Proceeds from the sale of the repossessed vehicle and other recoveries are usually not sufficient to cover 
the  outstanding  balance  of  the  loan,  and  the  resulting  deficiency  is  charged  off.    The  charge-off  represents  the 
difference  between  the  actual  net  sale  proceeds  minus  collections  and  repossession  expenses  and  the  principal 
balance  of  the  delinquent  loan.    C&F  Finance  pursues  collection  of  deficiencies  when  it  deems  such  action  to  be 
appropriate. 

We  measure  impaired  loans  based  on  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the 
effective interest rate of the loan or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value 
of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  We consider a loan impaired when it is probable that we will be 
unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement.  We do not consider a loan 
impaired  during  a  period  of  delay  in  payment  if  we  expect  the  ultimate  collectibility  of  all  amounts  due.    We 
maintain  a  valuation  allowance  to  the  extent  that  the  measure  of  the  impaired  loan  is  less  than  the  recorded 
investment.    The  balance  of  impaired  loans  was  $5.0  million  and  $16.8  million  at  December  31,  2009  and  2008, 
respectively, for which there was a $1.1 million and $940,000 specific valuation allowance at December 31, 2009 and 
2008,  respectively.    The  average  balance  of  impaired  loans  was  $12.4  million  for  2009,  $5.8  million  for  2008  and 
$557,000 for 2007. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION 

SUMMARY 

A  financial  institution’s  primary  sources  of  revenue  are  generated  by  its  earning  assets,  while  its  major 
expenses  are  produced  by  the  funding  of  those  assets  with  interest-bearing  liabilities.    Effective  management  of 
these  sources  and  uses  of  funds  is  essential  in  attaining  a  financial  institution’s  maximum  profitability  while 
maintaining an acceptable level of risk.  

At  December  31,  2009,  the  Corporation  had  total  assets  of  $888.4  million  compared  to  $855.7  million  at 
December 31, 2008.  The increase was principally a result of increases in interest-earning deposits in other banks,  

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
investment  securities  available  for  sale,  loans  held  for  investment  at  C&F  Finance  and  other  assets  including  the 
amount prepaid to the FDIC for insurance premiums through 2012 and the growth in the Corporation’s deferred 
tax asset.  These increases were offset in part by a decline in loans held for investment at the Bank and loans held 
for sale at C&F Mortgage. 

LOAN PORTFOLIO 

General 

Through  the  Retail  Banking  segment,  we  engage  in  a  wide  range  of  lending activities, which include the 
origination,  primarily  in  the  Retail  Banking  segment’s  market  area,  of  (1)  one-to-four  family  and  multi-family 
residential  mortgage  loans,  (2)  commercial  real  estate  loans,  (3)  construction  loans,  (4)  land  acquisition  and 
development  loans,  (5)  consumer  loans and (6) commercial business loans.  We engage in non-prime automobile 
lending  through  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  and  in  residential  mortgage  lending  through  the  Mortgage 
Banking  segment  with  the  majority  of  the  loans  sold  to  third-party  investors.    At  December  31,  2009,  the 
Corporation’s loans held for investment in all categories totaled $637.0 million and loans held for sale totaled $28.8 
million. 

Tables 8 and 9 present information pertaining to the composition of loans and maturity/repricing of loans. 

TABLE 8: Summary of Loans Held for Investment 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Real estate—residential mortgage 

Real estate—construction 

Commercial, financial, and agricultural

1

Equity lines 

Consumer 

Consumer finance 

Total loans 

Less allowance for loan losses 

                                     December 31,                                    

           2009 

           2008 

           2007 

           2006 

           2005 

$ 147,850 

$ 141,341 

$ 122,705 

$ 115,557 

$  96,423 

14,053 

245,759 

32,220 

7,710 

189,439 

637,031 

(24,027)

28,286 

272,164 

29,136 

9,511 

172,385 

652,823 

(19,806)

26,719 

257,951 

25,282 

8,991 

160,196 

601,844 

(15,963)

13,650 

236,157 

24,880 

8,951 

132,864 

532,059 

(14,216)

20,222 

216,081 

24,662 

9,574 

111,141 

478,103 

(13,064)

Total loans, net 
1  Includes loans secured by real estate for builder lines, acquisition and development and commercial development, as well as commercial loans 
secured by personal property. 

$613,004 

$517,843 

$633,017 

$585,881 

$465,039 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Variable Rate: 

  Within 1 year 

1 to 5 years 

  After 5 years 

Fixed Rate: 

  Within 1 year 

1 to 5 years 

  After 5 years 

TABLE 9: Maturity/Repricing Schedule of Loans 

December 31, 2009 

Commercial, Financial, 

Real Estate 

and Agricultural 

Construction 

$120,156

$8,978 

--

--

$  19,914

71,139

34,550

-- 

-- 

$5,075 

-- 

-- 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  decline  in  total  loans  occurred  primarily  in  the  consumer  real  estate-construction  and  commercial 
categories as a result of the slowdown in new residential construction, coupled with the foreclosure of residential 
real estate securing several commercial relationships.  

Credit Policy 

The  Corporation’s  credit  policy  establishes  minimum  requirements  and  provides  for  appropriate 
limitations  on  overall  concentration  of  credit  within  the  Corporation.    The  policy  provides  guidance  in  general 
credit policies, underwriting policies and risk management, credit approval, and administrative and problem asset 
management  policies.    The  overall  goal  of  the  Corporation’s  credit  policy  is  to  ensure  that  loan  growth  is 
accompanied  by  acceptable  asset  quality  with  uniform  and  consistently  applied  approval,  administration,  and 
documentation practices and standards. 

Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Sale 

The Mortgage Banking segment’s guidelines for underwriting conventional conforming loans comply with 
the underwriting criteria established by Fannie Mae,  Freddie Mac and/or the applicable third party investor.  The 
guidelines  for  non-conforming  conventional  loans  are  based  on  the  requirements  of  private  investors  and 
information  provided  by  third-party  investors.   The guidelines used by C&F Mortgage to originate FHA-insured 
and VA-guaranteed loans comply with the criteria established by HUD, the VA and/or the applicable third party 
investor.  The conventional loans that C&F Mortgage originates or purchases that have loan-to-value ratios greater 
than 80 percent at origination are generally insured by private mortgage insurance.  The borrower pays the cost of 
the insurance. 

Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Investment 

The  Retail  Banking  segment  originates  residential  mortgage  loans  secured  by  properties  located  in  its 
primary market area in southeastern and central Virginia.  The Bank offers various types of residential mortgage 
loans in addition to traditional long-term, fixed-rate loans.  The majority of such loans include 10, 15 and 30 year 
amortizing mortgage loans with fixed rates of interest and fixed-rate mortgage loans with terms of 20, 25 and 30 
years but subject to call after five years at the option of the Bank. 

Loans  associated  with  residential  mortgage  lending  are  included  in  the  real  estate—residential  mortgage 

category in Table 8: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Construction Lending 

The Retail Banking segment has an active construction lending program.  The Bank makes loans primarily 
for the construction of one-to-four family residences and, to a lesser extent, multi-family dwellings.  The Bank also 
makes construction loans for office and warehouse facilities and other nonresidential projects, generally limited to 
borrowers that present other business opportunities for the Bank. 

The amounts, interest rates and terms for construction loans vary, depending upon market conditions, the 
size and complexity of the project, and the financial strength of the borrower and any guarantors of the loan.  The 
term  for  the  Bank’s  typical  construction  loan  ranges  from  nine  months  to  15  months  for  the  construction  of  an 
individual residence and from 15 months to a maximum of three years for larger residential or commercial projects.  
The  Bank  does  not  typically  amortize  its  construction  loans,  and  the  borrower  pays  interest  monthly  on  the 
outstanding  principal  balance  of  the  loan.    The  interest  rates  on  the  Bank’s  construction  loans  are  fixed  and 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
variable.    The  Bank  does  not  generally  finance  the  construction  of  commercial  real  estate  projects  built  on  a 
speculative  basis.    For  residential  builder  loans,  the  Bank  limits  the  number  of  models  and/or  speculative  units 
allowed  depending  on  market  conditions,  the  builder’s  financial  strength  and  track  record  and  other  factors.  
Generally,  the  maximum  loan-to-value  ratio  for  one-to-four  family  residential  construction  loans  is  80  percent  of 
the  property’s  fair  market  value,  or  85  percent  of  the  property’s  fair  market  value  if  the  property  will  be  the 
borrower’s primary residence.  The fair market value of a project is determined on the basis of an appraisal of the 
project conducted by an appraiser acceptable to the Bank.  For larger projects where unit absorption or leasing is a 
concern, the Bank may also obtain a feasibility study or other acceptable information from the borrower or other 
sources about the likely disposition of the property following the completion of construction. 

Construction  loans for nonresidential projects and multi-unit residential projects are generally larger and 
involve a greater degree of risk to the Bank than residential mortgage loans.  The Bank attempts to minimize such 
risks  (1)  by  making  construction  loans  in  accordance  with  the  Bank’s  underwriting  standards  and  to  established 
customers  in  its  primary  market  area  and  (2)  by  monitoring  the  quality,  progress  and  cost  of  construction.  
Generally,  the  maximum  loan-to-value  ratio  established  by  the  Bank  for  non-residential  projects  and  multi-unit 
residential projects is 80 percent; however, this maximum can be waived for particularly strong borrowers on an 
exception basis. 

Loans associated with construction lending are included in the real estate—construction category in Table 

8: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Consumer Lot Lending 

Consumer  lot  loans  are  loans  made  to  individuals  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  an  unimproved  building 
site  for  the  construction  of  a  residence  that  generally  will  be  occupied  by  the  borrower.    Consumer  lot  loans  are 
made  only  to  individual  borrowers,  and  each  borrower  generally  must  certify  his  or  her  intention  to  build  and 
occupy  a  single-family  residence  on  the  lot.    These  loans  typically  have  a  maximum  term  of  either  three  or  five 
years with a balloon payment of the entire balance of the loan being due in full at the end of the initial term.  The 
interest rate for these loans is fixed or variable at a rate that is slightly higher than prevailing rates for one-to-four 
family residential mortgage loans.  We do not believe consumer lot loans bear as much risk as land acquisition and 
development loans because such loans are not made for the construction of residences for immediate resale, are not 
made to developers and builders, and are not concentrated in any one subdivision or community.  The Bank also 
purchases  lot  loans  originated  by  C&F  Mortgage.    These  loans  must  satisfy  the  Bank’s  underwriting  criteria, 
including loan-to-value and credit score guidelines. 

Loans associated with consumer lot lending are included in the real estate—construction category in Table 

8: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Commercial Real Estate Lending 

The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are primarily secured by the value of real property.  The proceeds 
of  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  generally  used  by  the  borrower  to  finance  or  refinance  the  cost  of  acquiring 
and/or  improving  a  commercial  property.    The  properties  that  typically  secure  these  loans  are  office  and 
warehouse facilities, hotels, retail facilities, restaurants and other commercial properties.  The Bank’s present policy 
is generally to restrict the making of commercial real estate loans to borrowers who will occupy or use the financed 
property  in  connection  with  their  normal  business  operations.    However,  the  Bank  also  will  consider  making 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
commercial real estate loans under the following two conditions.  First, the Bank will consider making commercial 
real  estate  loans  for  other  purposes  if  the  borrower  is  in  strong  financial  condition  and  presents  a  substantial 
business  opportunity  for  the  Bank.    Second,  the  Bank  will  consider  making  commercial  real  estate  loans  to 
creditworthy borrowers who have substantially pre-leased the improvements to high-caliber tenants.  

The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are usually amortized over a period of time ranging from 15 years 
to 25 years and usually have a term to maturity ranging from five years to 15 years.  These loans normally have 
provisions for interest rate adjustments after the loan is three to five years old.  The Bank’s maximum loan-to-value 
ratio for a commercial real estate loan is 80 percent; however, this maximum can be waived for particularly strong 
borrowers  on  an  exception  basis.    Most  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  further  secured  by  one  or  more 
unconditional personal guarantees. 

In recent years, the Bank has structured some of its commercial real estate loans as mini-permanent loans.  
The amortization period, term and interest rates for these loans vary based on borrower preferences and the Bank’s 
assessment  of  the  loan  and  the  degree  of  risk  involved.    If  the  borrower  prefers  a  fixed  rate  of  interest,  the  Bank 
usually offers a loan with a fixed rate of interest for a term of three to five years with an amortization period of up 
to 25 years.  The remaining balance of the loan is due and payable in a single balloon payment at the end of the 
initial term.  We believe these loan terms  give the Bank some protection from changes in the borrower’s business 
and  income  as  well  as  changes  in  general  economic  conditions.    In  the  case  of  fixed-rate  commercial  real  estate 
loans,  shorter  maturities  also  provide  the  Bank  with  an  opportunity  to  adjust  the  interest  rate  on  this  type  of 
interest-earning asset in accordance with the Bank’s asset and liability management strategies. 

Loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate  are  generally  larger  and  involve  a  greater  degree  of  risk  than 
residential mortgage loans.  Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate are usually dependent 
on successful operation or management of the properties securing such loans, repayment of such loans is subject to 
changes in both general and local economic conditions and the borrower’s business and income.  As a result, events 
beyond the control of the Bank, such as a downturn in the local economy, could adversely affect the performance of 
the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio.  The Bank seeks to minimize these risks by lending to established 
customers and generally restricting its commercial real estate loans to its primary market area.  Emphasis is placed 
on the income producing characteristics and capacity of the collateral. 

Loans  associated  with  commercial  real  estate  lending  are  included  in  the  commercial,  financial  and 

agricultural category in Table 8: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Land Acquisition and Development Lending 

Land acquisition and development loans are made to builders and developers for the purpose of acquiring 
unimproved  land  to  be  developed  for  residential  building  sites,  residential  housing  subdivisions,  multi-family 
dwellings and a variety of commercial uses.  The Bank’s policy is to make land acquisition loans to borrowers for 
the purpose of acquiring developed lots for single-family, townhouse or condominium construction.  The Bank will 
make  both  land  acquisition  and  development  loans  to  residential  builders,  experienced  developers  and  others  in 
strong financial condition to provide additional construction and mortgage lending opportunities for the Bank. 

The Bank underwrites and processes land acquisition and development loans in much the same manner as 
commercial construction loans and commercial real estate loans.  For land acquisition and development loans, the 
Bank  uses  lower  loan-to-value  ratios,  which  are  a  maximum  of  65  percent  for  raw  land,  75  percent  for  land 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
development and improved lots and 80 percent of the discounted appraised value of the property as determined in 
accordance with the Bank’s appraisal policies for developed lots for single-family or townhouse construction.  The 
Bank can waive the maximum loan-to-value ratio for particularly strong borrowers on an exception basis.  The term 
of  land  acquisition  and  development  loans  ranges  from  a  maximum  of  two  years  for  loans  relating  to  the 
acquisition  of  unimproved  land  to,  generally,  a  maximum  of  three  years  for  other  types  of  projects.    All  land 
acquisition  and  development  loans  generally  are  further  secured  by  one  or  more  unconditional  personal 
guarantees.  Because these loans are usually in a larger amount and involve more risk than consumer lot loans, the 
Bank carefully evaluates the borrower’s assumptions and projections about market conditions and absorption rates 
in  the  community  in  which  the  property  is  located  and  the  borrower’s  ability  to  carry  the  loan  if  the  borrower’s 
assumptions prove inaccurate. 

Loans associated with land acquisition and development lending are included in the commercial, financial 

and agricultural category in Table 8: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Commercial Business Lending 

Commercial business loan products include revolving lines of credit to provide working capital, term loans 
to  finance  the  purchase  of  vehicles  and  equipment,  letters  of  credit  to  guarantee  payment  and  performance,  and 
other commercial loans.  In general, these credit facilities carry the unconditional guaranty of the owners and/or 
stockholders. 

Revolving and operating lines of credit are typically secured by all current assets of the borrower, provide 
for  the  acceleration  of  repayment  upon  any  event  of  default,  are  monitored  monthly  or  quarterly  to  ensure 
compliance with loan covenants, and are re-underwritten or renewed annually.  Interest rates generally will float at 
a  spread  tied  to  the  Bank’s  prime  lending  rate.    Term  loans  are  generally  advanced  for  the  purchase  of,  and  are 
secured by, vehicles and equipment and are normally fully amortized over a term of two to five years, on either a 
fixed or floating rate basis. 

Loans  associated  with  commercial  business  lending  are  included  in  the  commercial,  financial  and 

agricultural category in Table 8: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

Home Equity and Second Mortgage Lending 

The Bank offers its customers home equity lines of credit and second mortgage loans that enable customers 
to  borrow  funds  secured  by  the  equity  in  their  homes.    Currently,  home  equity  lines  of  credit  are  offered  with 
adjustable rates of interest that are generally priced at a spread to the prime lending rate.  Second mortgage loans 
are  offered  with  fixed  and  adjustable  rates.    Call  option  provisions  are  included  in  the  loan  documents  for  some 
longer-term,  fixed-rate  second  mortgage  loans,  and  these  provisions  allow  the  Bank  to  make  interest  rate 
adjustments for such loans.  Second mortgage loans are granted for a fixed period of time, usually between five and 
20 years, and home equity lines of credit are made on an open-end, revolving basis.  Home equity loans, second 
mortgage loans and other consumer loans secured by a personal residence generally do not present as much risk to 
the  Bank  as  other  types  of  consumer  loans.    These  loans  must  satisfy  the  Bank’s  underwriting  criteria,  including 
loan-to-value and credit score guidelines. 

Loans associated with home equity and second mortgage lending are included in the equity lines category 

in Table 8: Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Lending 

The Bank offers a variety of consumer loans, including automobile, personal secured and unsecured, and 
loans secured by savings accounts or certificates of deposit.  The shorter terms and generally higher interest rates 
on consumer loans help the Bank maintain a profitable spread between its average loan yield and its cost of funds.  
Consumer  loans  secured  by  collateral  other  than  a  personal  residence  generally  involve  more  credit  risk  than 
residential  mortgage  loans  because  of  the  type  and  nature  of  the  collateral  or,  in  certain  cases,  the  absence  of 
collateral.    However,  the  Bank  believes  the  higher  yields  generally  earned  on  such  loans  compensate  for  the 
increased credit risk associated with such loans.   

Loans  associated  with  consumer  lending  are  included  in  the  consumer  category  in  Table  8:  Summary  of 

Loans Held for Investment. 

Automobile Sales Finance 

C&F Finance has an extensive automobile dealer network through which it purchases installment contracts 
throughout  its  markets.    Branch  personnel  have  a  specific  credit  authority  based  upon  their  experience  and 
historical loan portfolio results, as well as established underwriting criteria.  Although the credit approval process 
is  decentralized,  C&F  Finance’s  application  processing  system  includes  controls  designed  to  ensure  that  credit 
decisions comply with its underwriting policies and procedures. 

Finance  contract  application  packages  completed  by  prospective  borrowers  are  submitted  by  the 
automobile  dealers  electronically  through  a  third-party  online  automotive  sales  and  finance  platform  to  C&F 
Finance’s  automated  origination  and  application  scoring  system,  which  processes  the  credit  bureau  report, 
generates all relevant loan calculations and recommends the contract structure.  C&F Finance personnel with credit 
authority  review  the  system-generated  recommendations  and  determine  whether  to  approve  or  deny  the 
application.    The  credit  decision  is  based  primarily  on  the  applicant’s  credit  history  with  emphasis  on prior auto 
loan history, current employment status, income, collateral type and mileage, and the loan-to-value ratio. 

C&F Finance’s underwriting and collateral guidelines form the basis for the credit decision.  Exceptions to 
credit policies and authorities must be approved by a designated credit officer.  C&F Finance’s typical borrowers 
have experienced prior credit difficulties.  Because C&F Finance serves customers who are unable to meet the credit 
standards imposed by most traditional automobile financing sources, we expect C&F Finance to sustain a higher 
level  of  credit  losses  than  traditional  automobile  financing  sources.    However,  C&F  Finance  generally  charges 
interest at higher rates than those charged by traditional financing sources.  These higher rates should more than 
offset the increase in the provision for loan losses for this segment of the Corporation’s loan portfolio. 

Loans associated with automobile sales finance are included in the consumer finance category in Table 8: 

Summary of Loans Held for Investment. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECURITIES 

The  investment  portfolio  plays  a  primary  role  in  the  management  of  the  Corporation’s  interest  rate 
sensitivity.    In  addition,  the  portfolio  serves  as  a  source  of  liquidity  and  is  used  as  needed  to  meet  collateral 
requirements.  The investment portfolio consists of securities available for sale, which may be sold in response to 
changes  in  market  interest  rates,  changes  in  prepayment  risk,  increases  in  loan  demand,  general  liquidity  needs 
and other similar factors.  These securities are carried at estimated fair value. 

Table  10  sets  forth  the  composition  of  the  Corporation’s  securities  available  for  sale  in  dollar  amounts  at 

fair value and as a percentage of the Corporation’s total securities available for sale at the dates indicated. 

TABLE 10: Securities Available for Sale 

(Dollars in thousands) 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
  Total debt securities 
Preferred stock 
  Total available for sale securities 

December 31, 2009 
Percent 

Amount 
$    9,743 
2,709 
104,867 
117,319 
1,251 
$ 118,570 

9% 
2 
88 
99 
1 
100% 

December 31, 2008 

Amount 

$  11,162 
2,318 
85,511 
98,991 
1,612 
$100,603 

Percent 
11% 
 2 
 85 
98 
2 
100% 

Growth in debt securities occurred in the Bank’s portfolio of obligations of states and political subdivisions 

as a result of the Bank’s strategy to increase the securities portfolio as a percentage of total assets. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 11 presents additional information pertaining to the composition of the securities portfolio by the earlier of 
contractual  maturity  or  expected  maturity.    Expected  maturities  will  differ  from  contractual  maturities  because 
borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

TABLE 11: Maturity of Securities 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. government agencies and corporations: 

Maturing within 1 year 

Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 

Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 

Maturing after 10 years 

   Total U.S. government agencies and corporations 

Mortgage backed securities: 

Maturing within 1 year 

Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 

Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 

Maturing after 10 years 

   Total mortgage backed securities 

1
States and municipals:

Maturing within 1 year 

Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 

Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 

Maturing after 10 years 

   Total states and municipals 

2
Total securities:

Maturing within 1 year 

Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 

Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 

Maturing after 10 years 

Year Ended December 31, 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Weighted 

Weighted 

Weighted 

Amortized 

Average 

Amortized 

Average 

Amortized 

Average 

Cost 

Yield 

Cost 

Yield 

Cost 

Yield 

$      4,534     

2.90%     $      2,000     

5.14%    

$      250     

3.50%     

3,616     

3.62       

--     

1,622     

9,772     

686     

1,137     

805     

--     

--       

5.56       

3.61       

4.32       

4.12       

4.43       

--       

--     

1,249     

7,859     

11,108     

162     

1,105     

--     

997     

2,628     

4.27       

2,264     

7,463     

22,338     

46,606     

26,690     

103,097     

12,683     

27,091     

47,411     

28,312     

6.24       

5.95       

6.29       

6.30       

6.22       

4.94       

5.56       

6.26       

6.26       

11,106     

21,618     

36,223     

16,895     

85,842     

13,268     

22,723     

37,472     

25,751     

--       

5.73       

5.67       

5.58       

4.24       

4.53       

--       

5.95       

5.13       

6.60       

6.09       

6.31       

6.28       

6.29       

6.35       

6.02       

6.30       

6.09       

1,998     

2,973     

2,225     

7,446     

154     

1,622     

--     

--     

4.19        

5.61        

6.16        

5.32        

5.34        

4.64        

--       

--        

1,776     

4.64        

4,005     

18,595     

28,167     

16,442     

5.32        

6.24        

6.47        

6.21        

67,209     

6.27        

4,409     

22,215     

31,140     

18,667     

5.21        

5.93        

6.39        

6.21        

   Total securities 
1 
Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis. 
2 
Total securities excludes preferred stock at amortized cost of $1.3 million at December 31, 2009, $1.6 million at December 31, 
2008 and $4.0 million at December 31, 2007 (estimated fair value of $1.3 million at December 31, 2009, $1.6 million at December 
31, 2008 and $3.9 million at December 31, 2007). 

$115,497     

$99,214     

$76,431     

5.95%   

6.18%   

6.14%     

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DEPOSITS 

The  Corporation’s  predominant  source  of  funds  is  depository  accounts,  which  are  comprised  of  demand 
deposits,  savings  and  money  market  accounts,  and  time  deposits.    The  Corporation’s  deposits  are  principally 
provided by individuals and businesses located within the communities served.  

Deposits  totaled  $606.6  million  at  December  31,  2009,  compared  to  $550.7  million  at  December  31,  2008, 
with  the  increase  primarily  due  to  a  $45.6  million  increase  in  time  deposits.    The  increase  in  noninterest-bearing 
demand and lower-costing transaction accounts occurred due to our deposit strategies that emphasize retention of 
multi-service  customer  relationships.    Growth  in  time  deposits  occurred  in  the  shorter-term  time  deposits  of 
municipalities and retail depositors through-out our branch network.  The increase in time deposits for our retail 
depositors  was  a  result  of  overall  growth  at  the  branches  and  the  fact  that  many  customers  are  holding  cash  to 
maintain  flexibility  in  their  investing  options  due  to  the  volatility  in  the  stock  market.    The  Corporation  had  no 
brokered  certificates  of  deposit  outstanding  at  December  31,  2009,  compared  to  $10.0  million  outstanding  at 
December 31, 2008. 

Table 12 presents the average deposit balances and average rates paid for the years 2009, 2008 and 2007. 

TABLE 12: Average Deposits and Rates Paid 

                                                           Year Ended December 31,                                                     

            2009         

                     2008              

                   2007            

(Dollars in thousands) 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  

Interest-bearing transaction accounts  

Money market deposit accounts  

Savings accounts  

Certificates of deposit, $100 thousand or more  

Other certificates of deposit  

   Total interest-bearing deposits  

   Total deposits  

Average

Balance

$  85,811

86,478

66,562

41,449

119,246

176,657

490,392

$576,203

Average

Rate    

0.74%

1.54    

0.11    

2.88    

2.93    

2.10%

Average

Balance

$  83,533 

82,560

68,406

42,445

99,726

167,849

460,986

$544,519

Average

Rate    

Average

Average

Balance

Rate    

1.01%

2.48    

0.25    

4.10    

3.94    

2.89%

$  84,365 

82,109

51,624

45,452

99,653

169,431

448,269

$532,634

1.11%

2.97   

0.66   

4.73   

4.41   

3.33%

Table 13 details maturities of certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2009. 

TABLE 13: Maturities of Certificates of Deposit with Balances of $100,000 or More 

(Dollars in thousands) 

3 months or less 

3-6 months 

6-12 months 

Over 12 months 

   Total 

December 31, 2009 

$  15,795            

24,784            

49,514            

52,944            

$143,037            

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BORROWINGS 

In addition to deposits, the Corporation utilizes short-term borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank, and 
to a lesser extent the FHLB, to fund its day-to-day operations.  Short-term borrowings also include securities sold 
under  agreements  to  repurchase,  which  are  secured  transactions  with  customers  and  generally  mature  the  day 
following the day sold, and overnight unsecured fed funds lines with correspondent banks.  Long-term borrowings 
consist of advances from the FHLB, advances under a non-recourse revolving bank line of credit and securities sold 
under agreements to repurchase with a third-party broker.  All FHLB advances are secured by a blanket floating 
lien  on  all  of  the  Bank’s  qualifying  closed-end  and  revolving,  open-end  loans  secured  by  1-4  family  residential 
properties.  All Federal Reserve Bank advances are secured by loan-specific liens on certain qualifying loans of C&F 
Bank  that  are  not  otherwise  pledged.    The  bank  line  of  credit  is  non-recourse  and  is  secured  by  loans  at  C&F 
Finance. The repurchase agreement is secured by a portion of the Bank’s securities portfolio. 

In December, 2007, Trust II, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, was formed for the purpose of 
issuing trust preferred capital securities for general corporate purposes including the refinancing of existing debt.  
On December 14, 2007, Trust II issued $10.0 million of trust preferred capital securities in a private placement to an 
institutional  investor  and  $310,000  in  common  equity  to  the  Corporation.    The  principal  asset  of  Trust  II  is  $10.3 
million of the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes.  In July 2005, Trust I, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the 
Corporation,  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  issuing  trust  preferred  capital  securities  to  partially  fund  the 
Corporation’s purchase of 427,186 shares of its common stock.  On July 21, 2005, Trust I issued $10.0 million of trust 
preferred capital securities in a private placement to an institutional investor and $310,000 in common equity to the 
Corporation.  The principal asset of Trust I is $10.3 million of the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes.  For 
further  information  concerning  the  Corporation’s  borrowings,  refer  to  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 8:  Borrowings.” 

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

To meet the financing needs of customers, the Corporation is a party, in the normal course of business, to 
financial  instruments  with  off-balance-sheet  risk.    These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend 
credit, commitments to sell loans and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve elements of credit and 
interest rate risk in addition to the amount on the balance sheet.  The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the 
event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for  commitments  to  extend  credit  and 
standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments.  We use the same 
credit  policies  in  making  these  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as  we  do  for  on-balance-sheet 
instruments.  We obtain collateral based on our credit assessment of the customer in each circumstance. 

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of 
the terms of the contract prior to funding.  Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses 
and  may  require  payment  of  a  fee  by  the  customer.    Since  many  of  the  commitments  may  expire  without  being 
completely  drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.  
The  total  amount  of  unused  loan  commitments  was  $74.0  million  at  December  31,  2009  and  $75.0  million  at 
December 31, 2008. 

Standby  letters  of  credit  are  written  conditional  commitments  issued  by  the  Bank  to  guarantee  the 
performance  of  a  customer  to  a  third  party.    The  credit  risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is  essentially  the 
same  as  that  involved  in  extending  loans  to  customers.    The  total  contract  amount  of  standby  letters  of  credit, 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
whose contract amounts represent credit risk, was $8.9 million at December 31, 2009 and $7.8 million at December 
31, 2008. 

At December 31, 2009, C&F Mortgage had rate lock commitments to originate mortgage loans aggregating 
$47.7 million and loans held for sale of $28.8 million.  C&F Mortgage has entered into corresponding commitments 
with  third  party  investors  to  sell  loans  of  approximately  $76.4  million.    Under  the  contractual  relationship  with 
these  investors,  C&F  Mortgage  is  obligated  to  sell  the  loans,  and  the  investor  is  obligated  to  purchase  the  loans, 
only  if  the  loans  close.    No  other  obligation  exists.    As  a  result  of  these  contractual  relationships  with  these 
investors, C&F Mortgage is not exposed to losses, nor will it realize gains, related to its rate lock commitments due 
to changes in interest rates.   

C&F Mortgage sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party investors, 
some  of  whom  require  the  repurchase  of  loans  in  the  event  of  loss  due  to  borrower  misrepresentation,  fraud  or 
early  default.    Mortgage  loans  and  their  related  servicing  rights  are  sold  under  agreements  that  define  certain 
eligibility criteria for the mortgage loans.  Recourse periods vary from 90 days up to one year and conditions for 
repurchase  vary  with  the  investor.    We  include  recourse  considerations  in  our  calculation  of  the  Corporation’s 
capital  adequacy.    Payments  made  under  these  recourse  provisions  were  $554,000  in  2009,  $600,000  in  2008  and 
$84,000 in 2007.  Risks also arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts.  
C&F Mortgage has procedures in place to evaluate the credit risk of investors and does not expect any counterparty 
to fail to meet its obligations. 

LIQUIDITY 

The objective of the Corporation’s liquidity management is to ensure the continuous availability of funds to 
satisfy the credit needs of our customers and the demands of our depositors, creditors and investors.  Stable core 
deposits  and  a  strong  capital  position  are  the  components  of  a  solid  foundation  for  the  Corporation’s  liquidity 
position.    Additional  sources  of  liquidity  available  to  the  Corporation  include  cash  flows  from  operations,  loan 
payments and payoffs, deposit growth, sales of securities, the issuance of brokered certificates of deposit and the 
capacity to borrow additional funds. 

Liquid  assets,  which  include  cash  and  due  from  banks,  interest-bearing  deposits  at  other  banks  and 
nonpledged  securities  available  for  sale,  totaled  $67.7  million  at  December  31,  2009.    The  Corporation’s  funding 
sources consist of (1) federal funds lines with correspondent banks totaling $36.0 million that had no outstanding 
balance  as  of  December  31,  2009,  (2)  a  $93.5  million  line  with  the  FHLB  that  had  $52.5  million  outstanding  as  of 
December  31,  2009,  (3)  a  $120.0  million  revolving  line  of  credit  with  a  third-party  bank  that  had  $81.6  million 
outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2009  and  (4)  a  $65.2  million  line  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  that  had  $5.0 
million    outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2009.    We  have  no  reason  to  believe  these  arrangements  will  not  be 
renewed at maturity. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, maturing in less than a year, totaled $90.1 million at December 
31,  2009;  certificates  of  deposit  of  $100,000  or  more,  maturing  in  more  than  one  year,  totaled  $52.9  million.    The 
following table presents the Corporation’s contractual obligations and scheduled payment amounts due at various 
intervals over the next five years and beyond as of December 31, 2009: 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Payments Due by Period 

Bank lines of credit 
FHLB advances1 
Federal Reserve Bank 

borrowings 
Trust preferred 
capital notes 

Securities sold under 

agreements to 
repurchase 
Operating leases 

Total 

Less than 1 Year 

1-3 Years 

3-5 Years 

More than 5 Years 

     $  81,630  
         52,500 

       $         -- 
                  -- 

   $  81,630 
       17,500 

    $         -- 
       12,500 

        $         -- 
          22,500 

           5,000 

           5,000 

                -- 

               -- 

                   -- 

         20,620 

                  -- 

                -- 

               -- 

          20,620 

         11,082 
           2,432 

           6,082 
           1,091 

                -- 
         1,210 

               -- 
           131 

            5,000 
                   -- 

   $100,340 

     $173,264 

       $12,173 

Total 
1FHLB advances include convertible advances of $17.5 million maturing in 2012, $12.5 million maturing in 2014, $17.5 million 
maturing in 2017 and $5.0 million maturing in 2018.  These advances have fixed rates of interest unless the FHLB exercises its 
option  to  convert  the  interest  on  these  advances  from  fixed-rate  to  variable-rate  (i.e.,  the  conversion  date).    We  can  elect  to 
repay  the  advances  in  whole  or  in  part  on  their  respective  conversion  dates  and  on  any  interest  payment  dates  thereafter 
without  the  payment  of  a  fee  if  the  FHLB  elects  to  convert  the  advances.    However,  we  would  incur  a  fee  if  we  repay  the 
advances prior to their respective conversion dates, if the FHLB does not convert the advance on the conversion date, or, after 
notification  of  conversion,  on  any  date  other  than  the  conversion  date  or  any  interest  payment  date  thereafter.    For  further 
information concerning the Corporation’s FHLB borrowings, refer to Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” 
under the heading “Note 8:  Borrowings.” 

        $48,120 

    $12,631 

As a result of the Corporation’s management of liquid assets and the ability to generate liquidity through 
liability  funding,  we  believe  that  we  maintain  overall  liquidity  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  Corporation’s  operational 
requirements and contractual obligations. 

CAPITAL RESOURCES 

The  assessment  of  capital  adequacy  depends  on  such  factors  as  asset  quality,  liquidity,  earnings 
performance, and changing competitive conditions and economic forces.  We regularly review the adequacy of the 
Corporation’s capital.  We maintain a structure that will assure an adequate level of capital to support anticipated 
asset growth and to absorb potential losses.  

While we will continue to look for opportunities to invest capital in profitable growth, share purchases are 
another tool that facilitates improving shareholder return, as measured by ROE and earnings per share.  However, 
in  connection  with  the  Corporation’s  participation  in  the  Capital  Purchase  Program,  as  previously  described, 
certain  limitations  on  the  Corporation’s  ability  to  repurchase  its  common  stock  have  been  imposed.    For  more 
information on these restrictions, see Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading 
“Note 9:  Shareholders’ Equity, Other Comprehensive Income and Earnings Per Common Share.” 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Corporation’s  capital  position  continues  to  exceed  regulatory  minimum  requirements.    The  primary 
indicators  relied  on  by  bank  regulators  in  measuring  the  capital  position  are  the  Tier  1  capital,  total  risk-based 
capital,  and  leverage  ratios,  as  previously  described  in  the  “Regulation  and  Supervision”  section  of  Item  1.    The 
Corporation’s  Tier  1  capital  to  risk-weighted  assets  ratio  was  14.6  percent  at  December  31,  2009,  compared  with 
10.8 percent at December 31, 2008.  The total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 15.9 percent at December 31, 
2009, compared with 12.3 percent at December 31, 2008.  The Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.5 percent at December 31, 
2009,  compared  with  8.9  percent  at  December  31,  2008.    These  ratios  are  in  excess  of  the  mandated  minimum 
requirements.  These ratios include the trust preferred securities issued in December 2007 and July 2005, as well as 
the $20.0 million of Series A Preferred Stock sold to the Treasury under its Capital Purchase Program in January 
2009, in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes. 

Shareholders’  equity  was  $88.9  million  at  year-end  2009  compared  with  $64.9  million  at  year-end  2008.  
During  2009,  the  Corporation  declared  common  stock  dividends  of  $1.06  per  share,  compared  to  $1.24  per  share 
declared in 2008 and in 2007.  The dividend payout ratio, based on net income available to common shareholders, 
was 73.5 percent in 2009, 89.8 percent in 2008 and 44.5 percent in 2007. 

We  are  not  aware  of  any  current  recommendations  by  any  regulatory  authorities  that,  if  implemented, 

would have a material effect on the Corporation’s liquidity, capital resources or results of operations. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

Recent  accounting  pronouncements  affecting  the  Corporation  are  described  in  Item  8,  “Financial 
Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,”  under  the  heading  “Note  1:    Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies-
Recent Significant Accounting Pronouncements.” 

EFFECTS OF INFLATION  

The effect of changing prices is typically different for financial institutions than for other entities because a 
financial  institution’s  assets  and  liabilities  are  monetary  in  nature.    Interest  rates  are  significantly  impacted  by 
inflation,  but  neither  the  timing  nor  the  magnitude  of  the  changes  is  directly  related  to  price-level  indices.    The 
consolidated financial statements reflect the impacts of inflation on interest rates, loan demands and deposits.  

USE OF CERTAIN NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES 

In addition to results presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles 
(GAAP),  we  have  presented  certain  non-GAAP  financial  measures  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008 
throughout this Form 10-K, which are reconciled to GAAP financial measures below.  We believe these non-GAAP 
financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding the Corporation’s performance trends 
and  facilitate  comparisons  with  its  peers.    Specifically,  we  believe  the  exclusion  from  net  income  of  significant 
impairment  charges,  net  of  tax  benefit,  recognized  in  2008  permits  a  comparison  of  results  for  ongoing  business 
operations, and it is on this basis that we internally assess the Corporation’s performance and establish goals for 
future  periods.    Although  we  believe  the  non-GAAP  financial  measures  presented  in  this  Form  10-K  enhance 
investors’  understandings  of  the  Corporation’s  performance,  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  should  not  be 
considered an alternative to GAAP financial measures. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share data) 

For the Year Ended 
December 31, 2008 

Net Income and Earnings Per Share 
  Net income available to common shareholders (GAAP) 
  Other-than-temporary impairment on Fannie Mae and 

  Freddie Mac preferred stock, net of income tax 
  benefit (GAAP) 

  Net income, excluding other-than-temporary impairment on 

  Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock  

  Weighted average shares – assuming dilution (GAAP) 
  Weighted average shares – basic (GAAP) 
  Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

  GAAP 
  Excluding other-than-temporary impairment on 
  Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock  

  Earnings per share – basic 

  GAAP 
  Excluding other-than-temporary impairment on 
  Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock  

Return on Average Assets 
  Average assets (GAAP) 
  Return on average assets 

  GAAP 
  Excluding other-than-temporary impairment on 
  Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock  

Return on Average Common Equity 
  Average common equity (GAAP) 
  Return on average common equity 

  GAAP 
  Excluding other-than-temporary impairment on 
  Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock  

Other and Eliminations Segment 
  Net income (loss) (GAAP) 
  Other-than-temporary impairment on Fannie Mae and 

  Freddie Mac preferred stock, net of income tax 
  benefit (GAAP) 

  Net income (loss), excluding other-than-temporary 

impairment on Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred 
stock 

* 

A 

B 

C 
D 

A/C 

B/C 

A/D 

B/D 

$4,181 

976 

$5,157 

3,058 
3,028 

$1.37 

$1.69 

$1.38 

$1.70 

E 

$819,999 

A/E 

B/E 

F 

A/F 

B/F 

     0.51% 

     0.63% 

$65,402 

     6.39% 

     7.89% 

$ (1,694) 

976 

$ (718) 

*  The  letters  included  in  this  column  are  provided  to  show  how  the  various  ratios  presented  in  the  Reconciliation  of  Certain 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures are calculated. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A. 

 QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The  Corporation’s  primary  component  of  market  risk  is  interest  rate  volatility.    Fluctuations  in  interest 
rates  will  impact  the  amount  of  interest  income  and  expense  the  Corporation  receives  or  pays  on  a  significant 
portion of its assets and liabilities and the market value of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, 
excluding  those  which  have  a  very  short  term  until  maturity.    The  Corporation  does  not  subject  itself  to  foreign 
currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risk due to the current nature of its operations.  The Corporation 
did  not  have  any  outstanding  hedging  transactions,  such  as  interest  rate  swaps,  floors  or  caps,  at  December  31, 
2009.  

The primary objective of the Corporation’s asset/liability management process is to maximize current and 
future  net  interest  income  within  acceptable  levels  of  interest  rate  risk  while  satisfying  liquidity  and  capital 
requirements. Management recognizes that a certain amount of interest rate risk is inherent and appropriate.  Thus 
the goal of interest rate risk management is to maintain a balance between risk and reward such that net interest 
income is maximized while risk is maintained at an acceptable level. 

The Corporation assumes interest rate risk as a result of its normal operations.  The fair values of most of 
the  Corporation’s  financial  instruments  will  change  when  interest  rates  change  and  that  change  may  be  either 
favorable  or  unfavorable  to  the  Corporation.    Management  attempts  to  match  maturities  and  repricing  dates  of 
assets  and  liabilities  to  the  extent  believed  necessary  to  balance  minimizing  interest  rate  risk  and  increasing  net 
interest  income  in  current  market  conditions.    However,  borrowers  with  fixed  rate  obligations  are  less  likely  to 
prepay  in  a  rising  rate  environment  and  more  likely  to  prepay  in  a  falling  rate  environment.    Conversely, 
depositors  who  are  receiving  fixed  rates  are  more  likely  to  withdraw  funds  before  maturity  in  a  rising  rate 
environment  and  less  likely  to  do  so  in  a  falling  rate  environment.    Management  monitors  rates,  maturities  and 
repricing dates of assets and liabilities and attempts to manage interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans, 
deposits and borrowings and by investing in securities with terms that manage the Corporation’s overall interest 
rate risk. 

We use simulation analysis to assess earnings at risk and economic value of equity (EVE) analysis to assess 
economic value at risk.  These methods allow management to regularly monitor both the direction and magnitude 
of  the  Corporation’s  interest  rate  risk  exposure.    These  modeling  techniques  involve  assumptions  and  estimates 
that  inherently  cannot  be  measured  with  complete  precision.    Key  assumptions  in  the  analyses  include  maturity 
and  repricing  characteristics  of  both  assets  and  liabilities,  prepayments  on  amortizing  assets,  other  embedded 
options, non-maturity deposit sensitivity and loan and deposit pricing.  These assumptions are inherently uncertain 
due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of rate changes and changes in market conditions and management 
strategies, among other factors.  However, the analyses are useful in quantifying risk and provide a relative gauge 
of the Corporation’s interest rate risk position over time.  

Simulation  analysis  evaluates  the  potential  effect  of  upward  and  downward  changes  in  market  interest 
rates  on  future  net  interest  income.    The  analysis  involves  changing  the  interest  rates  used  in  determining  net 
interest income over the next twelve months.  The resulting percentage change in net interest income in various rate 
scenarios is an indication of the Corporation’s shorter-term interest rate risk.  The analysis utilizes a “static” balance 
sheet  approach,  which  assumes  changes  in  interest  rates  without  any  management  response  to  change  the 
composition  of  the  balance  sheet.    The  measurement  date  balance  sheet  composition  is  maintained  over  the 
simulation time period with maturing and repayment dollars being rolled back into like instruments for new terms 
at current market rates.  Additional assumptions are applied to modify volumes and pricing under the various rate 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
scenarios.    These  include  prepayment  assumptions  on  mortgage  assets,  the  sensitivity  of  non-maturity  deposit 
rates, and other factors that management deems significant. 

The simulation analysis results are presented in the table below.  These results, based on a measurement 
date  balance  sheet  as  of  December  31,  2009,  indicate  that  the  Corporation  would  expect  net  interest  income  to 
decrease over the next twelve months 2.59 percent assuming an immediate downward shift in market interest rates 
of 200 basis points (BP) and to increase 0.50 percent if rates shifted upward in the same manner. 

1-Year Net Interest Income Simulation (dollars in thousands) 

Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift 

 -200 BP shock 
+200 BP shock 

Hypothetical Change in Net 
Interest Income for the Year Ended 
December 31, 2010 

Dollars 

($1,364) 
$262 

Percentage 
(2.59%) 
0.50% 

The  EVE  analysis  provides  information  on  the  risk  inherent  in  the  balance  sheet  that  might  not  be  taken 
into  account  in  the  simulation  analysis  due  to  the  shorter  time  horizon  used  in  that  analysis.    The  EVE  of  the 
balance sheet is defined as the discounted present value of expected asset cash flows minus the discounted present 
value of the expected liability cash flows.  The analysis involves changing the interest rates used in determining the 
expected  cash  flows  and  in  discounting  the  cash  flows.    The  resulting  percentage  change  in  net  present  value  in 
various rate scenarios is an indication of the longer term repricing risk and options embedded in the balance sheet. 

The EVE analysis results are presented in the table below.  These results as of December 31, 2009 indicate 
that the EVE would increase 5.81 percent assuming an immediate downward shift in market interest rates of 200 BP 
and would decrease 13.14 percent if rates shifted upward in the same manner.  

Static EVE Change (dollars in thousands) 

Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift 

 -200 BP shock 
+200 BP shock 

Hypothetical Change in EVE 
Dollars 
Percentage 
$5,965 
($13,499) 

5.81% 
(13.14%) 

In the net interest income simulation above, net interest increases over the next twelve months in the event 
of an immediate upward shift in interest rates, but declines in the event of an immediate downward shift in interest 
rates.  In a rising rate environment, the Corporation’s assets would reprice quicker than what the Corporation pays 
on its borrowings and deposits primarily due to the shorter maturity or repricing dates of its cash equivalents and 
loan  portfolios.    However,  in  a  falling  rate  environment  the  simulation  assumes  that  adjustable-rate  assets  will 
continue to reprice downward, subject to floors on certain loans, and fixed-rate assets with prepayment or callable 
options will reprice at lower rates while certain deposits cannot reprice any lower. 

The EVE analysis above indicates a decline in the EVE in an immediate upward shift in interest rates, but 
an  increase  in  the  EVE  in  an  immediate  downward  shift  in  interest  rates.    Given  the  longer  time  horizon  of  the 
analysis, the Corporation’s assets would take longer to reprice than what the Corporation pays on its borrowings 
and due to the longer maturity or repricing dates of its investment and loan portfolios as compared to time deposits 
and borrowings. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At C&F Mortgage, we enter into commitments to originate residential mortgage loans whereby the interest 
rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (i.e., rate lock commitments).  The period of time between issuance 
of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 15 days to 90 days. The Corporation 
protects itself from changes in interest rates by entering into loan purchase agreements with third party investors 
that  provide  for  the  investor  to  purchase  loans  at  the  same  terms  (including  interest  rate)  as  committed  to  the 
borrower.  Under the contractual relationship with the purchaser of each loan, the Corporation is obligated to sell 
the  loan  to  the  purchaser,  and  the  investor  is  obligated  to  purchase  the  loan,  only  if  the  loan  closes.    No  other 
obligation  exists.    As  a  result  of  these  contractual  relationships  with  purchasers  of  loans,  the  Corporation  is  not 
exposed to losses nor will it realize gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates.  

We  believe  that  our  current  interest  rate  exposure  is  manageable  and  does  not  indicate  any  significant 

exposure to interest rate changes. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share amounts) 
Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 
  Total cash and cash equivalents 

Securities—available for sale at fair value, amortized cost of 
  $116,774 and $100,778, respectively 
Loans held for sale, net 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $24,027 and $19,806, respectively 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost 
Corporate premises and equipment, net 
Other real estate owned, net of valuation allowance of $2,402 and $73, respectively 
Accrued interest receivable 
Goodwill 
Other assets 

  Total assets 

Liabilities 
Deposits 
  Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 
  Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits 
  Time deposits 

  Total deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Long-term borrowings 
Trust preferred capital notes 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

  Total liabilities 

December 31, 

2009 

2008 

$    8,434 
29,627 
38,061 

$    9,727 
161 
9,888 

118,570 
28,756 
613,004 
3,887 
29,490 
12,800 
5,408 
10,724 
27,730 
$ 888,430 

$   83,708 
208,388 
314,534 
606,630 
11,082 
139,130 
20,620 
1,569 
20,523 
799,554 

100,603 
37,042 
633,017 
5,284 
31,131 
1,967 
5,096 
10,724 
20,905 
$ 855,657 

$   77,634 
204,193 
268,898 
550,725 
56,024 
142,816 
20,620 
1,921 
18,694 
790,800 

Commitments and contingent liabilities 

— 

— 

Shareholders’ Equity 
Preferred stock ($1.00 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized, 
  20,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding, respectively) 
Common stock ($1.00 par value, 8,000,000 shares authorized, 
  3,067,666 and 3,037,441 shares issued and outstanding, respectively) 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net 

  Total shareholders’ equity 
  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

20 

-- 

3,009 
21,210 
63,669 
968 
88,876 
$ 888,430 

2,992 
551 
62,361 
(1,047)
64,857 
$ 855,657 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

Year Ended December 31, 
2008 

2007 

2009 

$60,116 
6 

$59,853 
28 

$ 60,938
443

418 
4,208 
223 
64,971 

1,711 
3,433 
5,174 
4,071 
1,070 
15,459 
49,512 
18,563 
30,949 

24,976 
3,303 
5,018 
22 
— 
3,370 
36,689 

35,118 
5,714 
19,335 
60,167 
7,471 
1,945 
5,526 
1,130 
 $  4,396 
$    1.44 
$    1.44 

542 
3,192 
515 
64,130 

2,638 
4,088 
6,614 
6,749 
1,306 
21,395 
42,735 
13,766 
28,969 

16,693 
3,907 
3,721 
234 
(1,575)
2,169 
25,149 

27,724 
6,031 
15,565 
49,320 
4,798 
617 
4,181 
— 
$  4,181 
$    1.38 
$    1.37 

296
2,608
540
64,825

2,747
4,714
7,469
7,724
724
23,378
41,447
7,130
34,317

15,833
3,684
4,020
21
—
2,320
25,878

30,787
6,058
11,526
48,371
11,824
3,344
8,480
—
$  8,480
$    2.77
$    2.67

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Interest income 

Interest and fees on loans 
Interest on money market investments 
Interest and dividends on securities 
  U.S. government agencies and corporations 
  Tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions 
  Corporate bonds and other 
  Total interest income 

Interest expense 
  Savings and interest-bearing deposits 
  Certificates of deposit, $100 thousand or more 
  Other time deposits 
  Borrowings 
  Trust preferred capital notes 
  Total interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

  Net interest income after provision for loan losses  

Noninterest income 
  Gains on sales of loans 
  Service charges on deposit accounts 
  Other service charges and fees 
  Net gains on calls and sales of available for sale securities 
  Other-than-temporary impairment of available for sale securities 
  Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

Noninterest expenses 
  Salaries and employee benefits 
  Occupancy expenses 
  Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expenses 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
  Effective dividends on preferred stock 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Earnings per common share—basic 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Balance December 31, 2006 

Comprehensive income: 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net 

Changes in defined benefit plan assets and benefit 
obligations, net 
Unrealized holding losses on securities, net of 
reclassification adjustment 
Other comprehensive income, net 

Comprehensive income 

Purchase of common stock 

Stock options exercised 

Share-based compensation 

Cash dividends paid ($1.24 per share) 

Balance December 31, 2007 

Comprehensive income: 

Net income 

Other comprehensive loss, net 

Changes in defined benefit plan assets and benefit 
obligations, net 
Unrealized holding losses on securities, net of 
reclassification adjustment 
Other comprehensive loss, net 

Comprehensive income 

Purchase of common stock 

Stock options exercised 

Share-based compensation 

Reduction due to change in pension measurement date 

Cash dividends paid ($1.24 per share) 

Balance December 31, 2008 

Comprehensive income: 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income, net 

Changes in defined benefit plan assets and benefit 
obligations, net 
Unrealized holding gains on securities, net of 
reclassification adjustment 
Other comprehensive income, net 

Comprehensive income 

Stock options exercised 

Share-based compensation 

Issuance of preferred stock and warrant 

Accretion of preferred stock discount 

Cash dividends paid – common stock ($1.06 per share) 

Cash dividends paid – preferred stock (5% per annum) 

Balance December 31, 2009 

$       20 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

Preferred 
Stock 

$      — 

Common 
Stock 
$     3,159   

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital 
$       324  

Retained 
Earnings 
$     64,402  

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 
$     121  

Total 
Shareholders’ 
Equity 
$   68,006  

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     — 

20 

     — 

     — 

     — 

     —  
     —  

301  

(225) 
76  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
197   

     —  
     —  

(591) 

(653) 

(1,244) 
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
(1,047) 

     —  
     —  

734  

1,281  
2,015  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
$     968  

 8,480  

76  
8,556  
 (8,435) 
567  
299  
(3,769) 
65,224  

4,181  

(1,244) 
2,937  
(40) 
312  
292  
(114)  

(3,754) 
64,857  

5,526  

2,015  
7,541  
326  
318  
19,914  
     —  
(3,230) 

(850) 
$   88,876  

8,480  
     —  

     —  

     —  
     —  
     —  
(7,065) 
     —  
     —  
(3,769) 
62,048  

4,181  
     —  

     —  

     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
(114) 

(3,754) 
62,361  

5,526  
     —  

     —  

     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
(138) 

(3,230) 

(850) 
$   63,669  

     —  
     —  

     —  

     —  
     —  
     —  
(204) 
24  
     —   
     —  
2,979  

     —  
     —  

     —  

     —  
     —  
     —  
(1) 
14  
     —  
     —  
     —  
2,992  

     —  
     —  

     —  

     —  
     —  

     —  

     —  
     —  
     —  
(1,166) 
543  
299  
     —  
     —  

     —  
     —  

     —  

     —  
     —  
     —  
(39) 
298  
292  
     — 

     — 
 551  

     —  
     —  

     —  

     —  
     —  
     —  
17  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
     —  
$   3,009  

     —  
     —  
     —  
309  
318  
19,894  
138  
     —  
     —  
$   21,210  

62 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Operating activities: 
  Net income 
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 

  operating activities: 
  Depreciation 
  Deferred income taxes 
  Provision for loan losses 
  Provision for other real estate owned losses 
  Share-based compensation 
  Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on securities, net 
  Net realized gain on securities 
  Net realized loss on sale of other real estate owned 
  Other-than-temporary impairment of securities 
  Origination of loans held for sale 
  Sale of loans 
  Change in other assets and liabilities: 

  Accrued interest receivable 
  Other assets 
  Accrued interest payable 
  Other liabilities 

  Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities: 
  Proceeds from maturities, calls and sales of securities available for sale 
  Purchase of securities available for sale 
  Net redemptions (purchases) of FHLB stock 

Investment in statutory trust 
  Net increase in customer loans 
  Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned 
  Purchases of corporate premises and equipment, net 

  Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities: 
  Net increase (decrease) in demand, interest-bearing demand 

  and savings deposits 

  Net increase in time deposits 
  Net (decrease) increase in borrowings 

Issuance of trust preferred capital notes 
Issuance of preferred stock 
  Purchases of common stock 
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
  Cash dividends 

  Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
Supplemental disclosure 

Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities 
  Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale 
  Loans transferred to other real estate owned 
  Pension adjustment 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

63 

Year Ended December 31, 
2008 

2009 

2007 

$      5,526    

$    4,181    

$    8,480    

2,067    
(3,477)   
18,563    
2,614    
318    
 172    
 (22)   
 93    
—    
(1,063,108)   
 1,071,394    

 (312)   
(4,579)   
 (352)   
2,944    
31,841    

23,139    
(39,286)   
1,397    
—    
(15,424)   
3,495    
(426)   
 (27,105)   

10,269    
45,636    
(48,628)   
—    
19,914    
—    
326    
(4,080)   
23,437    
  28,173    
9,888    
$   38,061    

2,381    
(2,672)   
13,766    
296    
292    
 55    
 (234)   
 8    
1,575    
(749,177)   
 746,218    

 (27)   
1,637    
 (194)   
2,912    
21,017    

18,516    
(40,265)   
(897)   
—    
(64,163)   
990    
(658)   
 (86,477)   

2,563    
(1,112)   
7,130    
—    
299    
 50    
 (21)   
 —    
—    
(828,379)   
 847,800    

 (637)   
(1,106)   
 200    
(1,554)   
33,713    

6,189    
(20,235)   
(2,294)   
(310)   
(75,168)   
—    
(2,228)   
 (94,046)   

17,205    
5,949    
43,413    
—    
—    
(40)   
312    
(3,754)   
63,085    
  (2,375)   
12,263    
$     9,888    

(14,088)   
8,824    
50,681    
10,310    
—    
(8,435)   
567    
(3,769)   
44,090    
  (16,243)   
28,506    
$     12,263    

$   15,811  
4,231  

$   21,589    
3,116    

$     23,178    
4,087    

$     1,970  
(16,874) 
1,129  

$    (1,005)   
(3,261)   
(909)   

$        (347)   
--    
463    

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

NOTE 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation:  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  C&F 
Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, Citizens and Farmers Bank.  All significant intercompany 
accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.    In  addition,  C&F  Financial  Corporation  owns 
C&F Financial Statutory Trust I and C&F Financial Statutory Trust II, which are unconsolidated subsidiaries.  The 
subordinated debt owed to these trusts is reported as a liability of the Corporation.  The accounting and reporting 
policies of C&F Financial Corporation and subsidiary (the Corporation) conform to accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and to predominant practices within the banking industry. 

Nature of Operations: C&F Financial Corporation is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the 
Commonwealth  of  Virginia.    The  Corporation  owns  all  of  the  stock  of  its  subsidiary,  Citizens  and  Farmers  Bank 
(the Bank), which is an independent commercial bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.  
The Bank and its subsidiaries offer a wide range of banking and related financial services to both individuals and 
businesses.   

The Bank has five wholly-owned subsidiaries:  C&F Mortgage Corporation and Subsidiaries (C&F Mortgage), C&F 
Finance  Company  (C&F  Finance),  C&F  Title  Agency,  Inc.,  C&F  Investment  Services,  Inc.  and  C&F  Insurance 
Services,  Inc.,  all  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia.    C&F  Mortgage,  organized  in 
September  1995,  was  formed  to  originate  and  sell  residential  mortgages  and through its subsidiaries, Hometown 
Settlement Services LLC and Certified Appraisals LLC, provides ancillary mortgage loan production services, such 
as  loan  settlements,  title  searches  and  residential  appraisals.    C&F  Finance,  acquired  on  September  1,  2002,  is  a 
regional  finance  company  providing  automobile  loans.    C&F  Title  Agency,  Inc.,  organized  in  October  1992, 
primarily  sells  title  insurance  to  the  mortgage  loan  customers  of  the  Bank  and  C&F  Mortgage.    C&F  Investment 
Services,  Inc.,  organized  in  April  1995,  is  a  full-service  brokerage  firm  offering  a  comprehensive  range  of 
investment services.  C&F Insurance Services, Inc., organized in July 1999, owns an equity interest in an insurance 
agency that sells insurance products to customers of the Bank, C&F Mortgage and other financial institutions that 
have an equity interest in the agency.  Business segment data is presented in Note 17. 

Basis of Presentation: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management 
to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Material estimates that are 
particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan 
losses, the allowance for indemnifications, impairment of loans, impairment of securities, the valuation of other real 
estate  owned,  the  projected  benefit  obligation  under  the  defined  benefit  pension  plan,  the  valuation  of  deferred 
taxes  and  goodwill  impairment.    In  the  opinion  of  management,  all  adjustments,  consisting  only  of  normal 
recurring  adjustments,  which  are  necessary  for  a  fair  presentation  of  the  results  of  operations  in  these  financial 
statements, have been made.  Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the 
current year presentation. 

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk:  Substantially all of the Corporation’s lending activities are with 
customers located in Virginia, Maryland, Tennessee and North Carolina.  At December 31, 2009, 38.6 percent of the 
Corporation’s loan portfolio consisted of commercial, financial and agricultural loans, which include loans secured 
by real estate for builder lines, acquisition and development and commercial development, as well as commercial 
loans  secured  by  personal  property.    In  addition,  30%  of  the  Corporation’s  loan  portfolio  consisted  of non-prime 
consumer  finance  loans  to  individuals,  secured  by  automobiles.    The  Corporation  does  not  have  any  significant 
loan concentrations to any one customer.  Note 3 discusses the Corporation’s lending activities.  The Corporation 
invests in a variety of securities, principally obligations of U.S. government agencies and obligations of states and 
political subdivisions.  The Corporation does not have any significant securities concentrations in any one industry 
or to any one issuer.  Note 2 discusses the Corporation’s investment activities.   

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents:  For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents 
include cash, balances due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in banks, all of which mature within 90 days.  
The  Bank  is  required  to  maintain  average  balances  on  hand  or  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank.    At  December  31, 
2009 and 2008, these reserve balances amounted to $147,000 and $315,000, respectively. 

Securities: Investments in debt and equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as either 
held to maturity, available for sale, or trading, based on management’s intent.  Currently all of the Corporation’s 
investment securities are classified as available for sale.  Available for sale securities are carried at estimated fair 
value  with  the  corresponding  unrealized  gains  and  losses  excluded  from  earnings  and  reported  in  other 
comprehensive income.  Gains or losses are recognized in earnings on the trade date using the amortized cost of the 
specific  security  sold.    Purchase  premiums  and  discounts  are  recognized  in  interest  income  using  the  interest 
method over the terms of the securities. 

Impairment of securities occurs when the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost.  For debt securities, 
impairment is considered other-than-temporary and recognized in its entirety in net income if either (i) we intend 
to sell the security or (ii) it is more-likely-than-not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis.  If, however, we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more-likely-than-not that we 
will  be  required  to  sell  the  security  before  recovery,  we  must  determine  what  portion  of  the  impairment  is 
attributable to a credit loss, which occurs when the amortized cost basis of the security exceeds the present value of 
the cash flows expected to be collected from the security.  If there is no credit loss, there is no other-than-temporary 
impairment.    If  there  is  a  credit  loss,  other-than-temporary  impairment  exists,  and  the  credit  loss  must  be 
recognized  in  net  income  and  the  remaining  portion  of  impairment  must  be  recognized  in  other  comprehensive 
income.  For equity securities, impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary based on our ability and intent 
to  hold  the  investment  until  a  recovery  of  fair  value.    Other-than-temporary  impairment  of  an  equity  security 
results  in  a  write-down  that  must  be  included  in  net  income.    We  regularly  review  each  investment  security  for 
other-than-temporary impairment based on criteria that include the extent to which cost exceeds market price, the 
duration of that market decline, the financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer, our best estimate of the 
present value of cash flows expected to be collected from debt securities, our intention with regard to holding the 
security to maturity and the likelihood that we would be required to sell the security before recovery. 

Loans Held for Sale: Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, determined in the 
  Fair  value  considers  commitment  agreements  with  investors  and  prevailing  market  prices.  
aggregate. 
Substantially all loans originated by C&F Mortgage are held for sale to outside investors. 

Loans: The Corporation makes mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers.  Loans that management 
has  the  intent  and  ability  to  hold  for  the  foreseeable  future  or  until  maturity  or pay-off generally are reported at 
their  unpaid  principal  balances  adjusted  for  charges-offs,  unearned  discounts,  any  deferred  fees  or  costs  on 
originated  loans,  and  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.    Interest  on  loans  is  credited  to  operations  based  on  the 
principal amount outstanding.  Loan fees and origination costs are deferred and the net amount is amortized as an 
adjustment of the related loan’s yield using the level-yield method.  The Corporation is amortizing these amounts 
over the contractual life of the related loans. 

Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past 
due, or earlier, if collection is uncertain based on an evaluation of the net realizable value of the collateral and the 
financial  strength  of  the  borrower.    Loans  greater  than  90  days  past  due  may  remain  on  accrual  status  if 
management  determines  it  has  adequate  collateral  to  cover  the  principal  and  interest.    For  those  loans  that  are 
carried on nonaccrual status, payments are first applied to principal outstanding. 

The  Corporation  considers  a  loan  impaired  when  it  is  probable  that  the  Corporation  will  be  unable  to  collect  all 
interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement.  A loan is not considered impaired during a 
period of delay in payment if the ultimate collectibility of all amounts due is expected.  Impairment is measured on 
a loan by loan basis for commercial, construction and residential loans in excess of $500,000 by either the present 
value  of  expected  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the  loan’s  effective  interest  rate,  the  loan’s  obtainable  market 
price,  or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  if  the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.    Large  groups  of  smaller  balance 
homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.  Accordingly, the Corporation does not separately 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
identify  individual  consumer,  residential  and  certain  small  commercial  loans  for  impairment  disclosures.  
Consistent  with  the  Corporation’s  method  for  nonaccrual  loans,  payments  on  impaired  loans  are  first  applied  to 
principal outstanding. 

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of 
a  provision  for  loan  losses.    Loan  losses  are  charged  against  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  when  management 
believes  that  the  collectibility  of  the  principal  is  unlikely.    Subsequent  recoveries,  if  any,  are  credited  to  the 
allowance. 

The  allowance  represents  an  amount  that,  in  management’s  judgment,  will  be  adequate  to  absorb  any  losses  on 
existing loans that may become uncollectible.  Management’s judgment in determining the level of the allowance is 
based  on  evaluations  of  the  collectibility  of  loans  while  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as  trends  in 
delinquencies and charge-offs, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions 
which may affect a borrower’s ability to repay and the value of collateral, overall portfolio quality and review of 
specific  potential  losses.    This  evaluation  is  inherently  subjective,  as  it  requires  estimates  that  are  susceptible  to 
significant revision as more information becomes available. 

The  allowance  consists  of  specific  and  general  components.    The  specific  component  relates  to  loans  that  are 
classified as impaired, and is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market 
price)  of  the  impaired  loan  is  lower  than  the  carrying  value  of  that  loan.    The  general  component  covers  non-
classified loans and those loans classified as doubtful, substandard or special mention, and is based on historical 
loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors, such as current economic conditions. 

Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments:  In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation has 
entered into commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  Such financial instruments are recorded 
when they are funded. 

Rate  Lock  Commitments:    The  Corporation  enters  into  commitments  to  originate  residential  mortgage  loans 
whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (i.e., rate lock commitments).  The period of 
time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 15 to 90 days.  
The Corporation protects itself from changes in interest rates by entering into loan purchase agreements with third 
party  investors  that  provide  for  the  investor  to  purchase  loans  at  the  same  terms  (including  interest  rate)  as 
committed to the borrower.  Under the contractual relationship with the purchaser of each loan, the Corporation is 
obligated to sell the loan to the purchaser, and the purchaser is obligated to buy the loan, only if the loan closes.  
No other obligation exists.  As a result of these contractual relationships with purchasers of loans, the Corporation 
is not exposed to losses nor will it realize gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. 

Allowance for Indemnifications:  The allowance for indemnifications is established through charges to earnings in 
the  form  of  a  provision  for  indemnifications,  which  is  included  in  other  noninterest  expenses.    A  loss  is  charged 
against the allowance for indemnifications when a purchaser of a loan (investor) sold by C&F Mortgage incurs a 
loss due to demonstrated borrower misrepresentation, fraud or early default. 

The allowance represents an amount that, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb any losses arising 
from indemnification requests.  Management’s judgment in determining the level of the allowance is based on the 
volume  of  loans  sold,  current  economic  conditions  and  information  provided  by  investors.    This  evaluation  is 
inherently  subjective,  as  it  requires  estimates  that  are  susceptible  to  significant  revision  as  more  information 
becomes available. 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock:  Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock is carried at cost.  No ready market exists 
for  this  stock  and  it  has  no  quoted  market  value.    For  presentation  purposes,  such  stock  is  assumed  to  have  a 
market value that is equal to cost.  In addition, such stock is not considered a debt or equity security in accordance 
with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Topic 320-10: Investments – Debt and Equity Securities. 

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO):  Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and 
are initially recorded at the lower of the loan balance or the fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure.  

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations of the foreclosed assets based on updated 
appraisals, general market conditions, recent sales of like properties, length of time the properties have been held, 
and  our  ability  and  intention  with  regard  to  continued  ownership  of  the  properties.  The Corporation may incur 
additional write-downs of foreclosed assets to fair value less costs to sell if valuations indicate a further other-than-
temporary deterioration in market conditions.  Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the property 
valuations are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets. 

Corporate  Premises  and  Equipment:    Land  is  carried  at  cost.    Buildings  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost  less 
accumulated  depreciation  computed  using  a  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets.  
Estimated  useful  lives  range  from  ten  to  forty  years  for  buildings  and  from  three  to  ten  years  for  equipment, 
furniture and fixtures.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and major improvements are 
capitalized.  Upon sale or retirement of depreciable properties, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are 
netted against proceeds and any resulting gain or loss is included in income.  

Goodwill: Goodwill is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment by applying a fair value based test.  
Additionally, acquired intangible assets (such as core deposit intangibles) are separately recognized if the benefit of 
the  asset  can  be  sold,  transferred,  licensed,  rented  or  exchanged,  and  are  amortized  over  their  useful  life.    The 
Corporation’s  goodwill  was  recognized  in  connection  with  the  Bank’s  acquisition  of  C&F  Finance  in  September 
2002.  The annual test for impairment was completed during the fourth quarter of 2009 and it was determined there 
was no impairment to be recognized in 2009. 

Sale  of  Loans:    Transfers  of  loans  are  accounted  for  as  sales  when  control  over  the  loans  has  been  surrendered.  
Control  over  transferred  loans  is  deemed  to  be  surrendered  when  (1)  the  loans  have  been  isolated  from  the 
Corporation, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that 
right) to pledge or exchange the transferred loans and (3) the Corporation does not maintain effective control over 
the transferred loans through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. 

Income Taxes: The Corporation determines deferred income tax assets and liabilities using the liability (or balance 
sheet)  method.    Under  this  method,  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  or  liability  is  determined  annually  for  differences 
between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  will  result  in  taxable  or  deductible 
amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are 
expected to affect taxable income.  Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus 
the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by 
the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount 
of  the  position  that  would  be  ultimately  sustained.    The  benefit  of  a  tax  position  is  recognized  in  the  financial 
statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than 
not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, 
if  any.    Tax  positions  taken  are  not  offset  or  aggregated  with  other  positions.    Tax  positions  that  meet  the  more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent 
likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority.  The portion of the benefits associated 
with  tax  positions  taken  that  exceeds  the  amount  measured  as  described  above  is  reflected  as  a  liability  for 
unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that 
would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.  Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized 
tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the statement of income. 

Retirement  Plan:    The  Corporation  recognizes  the  overfunded  or  underfunded  status  of  its  defined  benefit 
postretirement plan as an asset or liability in the balance sheet and recognizes changes in the plan’s  funded status 
in  the  year  in  which  the  changes  occur  through  comprehensive  income.    The  funded  status  of  a  benefit  plan  is 
measured  as  the  difference  between  plan  assets  at  fair  value  and  the  benefit  obligation.    For  the  Corporation’s 
pension  plan,  the  benefit  obligation  is  the  projected  benefit  obligation  as  of  December  31.    In  addition,  enhanced 
disclosures  about  certain  effects  on  net  periodic  benefit  cost  for  the  next  fiscal  year  that  arise  from  delayed 
recognition of the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition asset or obligation are presented in 
the notes to financial statements.  Valuations in 2009 and 2008 determined that the Corporation’s pension plan was 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
underfunded.    As  a  result,  the  Corporation  recognized  pension  liabilities  of  $431,000  at  December  31,  2009  and 
$2.05 million at December 31, 2008, and recognized a net gain of $734,000 in 2009, a net loss of $591,000 in 2008 and 
a  net  gain  of  $301,000  in  2007  as  components  of  other  comprehensive  income.    In  addition,  the  Corporation 
recognized a net adjustment to retained earnings of $114,000 in 2008 due to the change in the measurement date of 
the funded status of the plan.  The Corporation’s pension plan is described more fully in Note 11. 

Share-Based Compensation:  Compensation expense for grants of restricted shares is accounted for using the fair 
market  value  of  the  Corporation’s  common  stock  on  the  date  the  restricted  shares  are  awarded.    Compensation 
expense for grants of stock options is accounted for using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  Compensation 
expense for restricted shares and stock options is charged to income ratably over the vesting period.  Compensation 
expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2009,  2008  and  2007  included  $318,000  ($197,000  after  tax),  $292,000 
($181,000 after tax) and $299,000 ($186,000 after tax), respectively, for options and restricted stock granted during 
2006 through 2009.  As of December 31, 2009, there was $931,000 of unrecognized compensation expense related to 
unvested  restricted  stock  that  will  be  recognized  over the  remaining  vesting  periods.    The  Corporation estimates 
forfeitures when recognizing compensation expense and this estimate of forfeitures is adjusted over the requisite 
service  period  or  vesting  schedule  based  on  the  extent  to  which  actual  forfeitures  differ  from  such  estimates.  
Changes  in  estimated  forfeitures  in  future  periods,  if  any,  will  be  recognized  through  a  cumulative  catch-up 
adjustment  in  the  period  of  change,  which  will  impact  the  amount  of  estimated  unamortized  compensation 
expense to be recognized in future periods.  The Corporation’s share-based compensation plans are described more 
fully in Note 13.   

Earnings  Per  Common  Share:    In  June  2008,  the  FASB  concluded  that  all  outstanding  unvested  share-based 
payment awards that contain rights to nonforfeitable dividends participate in undistributed earnings with common 
shareholders.  This conclusion affects entities that accrue cash dividends on share-based payment awards during 
the  awards’  service  period  when  the  dividends  do  not  need  to  be  returned  if  the  employees  forfeit  the  awards.  
Because  the  awards  are  considered  participating  securities,  the  issuing  entity  is  required  to  apply  the  two-class 
method  of  computing  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  (EPS).    The  transition  guidance  requires  an  entity  to 
retroactively  adjust  all  prior-period  EPS  computations.    The  Corporation  adopted  the  two-class  method  of 
computing basic and diluted EPS effective January 1, 2009, and has applied it to its EPS calculations for the years 
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 because the Corporation’s unvested restricted shares outstanding contain 
rights  to  nonforfeitable  dividends.    Accordingly,  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  used  in  the 
calculation  of  basic  and  diluted  EPS  includes  both  vested  and  unvested  common  shares  outstanding.    The 
retroactive adjustments made to the EPS computations resulted in a reduction of $0.02 in basic EPS and a reduction 
of $0.01 in diluted EPS for both 2008 and 2007.  EPS calculations are presented in Note 9. 

Comprehensive  Income:  Accounting  principles  generally  require  that  recognized  revenue,  expenses,  gains  and 
losses be included in net income.  Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and 
losses  on  available  for  sale  securities  and  changes  in  defined  benefit  plan  assets  and  liabilities,  are  reported  as  a 
separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components 
of  comprehensive  income.    These  components  are  presented  in  the  Corporation’s  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Shareholders’ Equity.  See also Note 9 for further information. 

Recent Significant Accounting Pronouncements:   

Adoption of New Accounting Standards: 

In  June  2009,  the  FASB  issued  new  accounting  guidance  related  to  U.S.  GAAP  (FASB  Accounting  Standards 
Codification (FASB ASC) 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles).  This guidance establishes FASB ASC as the 
source  of  authoritative  U.S.  GAAP  recognized  by  FASB  to  be  applied  by  nongovernmental  entities.    Rules  and 
interpretive  releases  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC) under authority of federal securities laws 
are  also  sources  of  authoritative  U.S.  GAAP  for  SEC  registrants.    FASB  ASC  supersedes  all  existing  non-SEC 
accounting  and  reporting  standards.    All  other  nongrandfathered,  non-SEC  accounting  literature  not  included  in 
FASB ASC has become nonauthoritative.  FASB will no longer issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB 
Staff  Positions  or  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  Abstracts.    Instead,  it  will  issue  Accounting  Standards  Updates 
(ASUs), which will serve to update FASB ASC, provide background information about the guidance and provide 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  basis  for  conclusions  on  the  changes  to  FASB  ASC.    FASB  ASC  is  not  intended  to  change  U.S.  GAAP  or  any 
requirements of the SEC.    

The  Corporation  adopted  new  guidance  impacting  ASC  Topic  805:  Business  Combinations  (“Topic  805”)  on 
January 1,  2009.  This  guidance  requires  the  acquiring  entity  in  a  business  combination  to  recognize  the  full  fair 
value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction (whether a full or partial acquisition); establishes 
the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; requires 
expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other 
users  all  of  the  information  needed  to  evaluate  and  understand  the  nature  and  financial  effect  of  the  business 
combination. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material effect on the Corporation’s consolidated 
financial statements.  

In  April  2009,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  affecting  Topic  805.    This  guidance  addresses  application  issues 
raised  by  preparers,  auditors  and  members  of  the  legal  profession  on  initial  recognition  and  measurement, 
subsequent  measurement  and  accounting,  and  disclosure  of  assets  and  liabilities  arising  from  contingencies  in  a 
business  combination.    This  guidance  was  effective  for  business  combinations  entered  into  on  or  after  January  1, 
2009.  This guidance did not have a material effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  December  2008,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  affecting  ASC  Topic  715-20:  Compensation  Retirement  Benefits  – 
Defined Benefit Plans – General.  The objectives of this guidance are to provide users of the financial statements with 
more detailed information related to the major categories of plan assets, the inputs and valuation techniques used 
to measure the fair value of plan assets and the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable 
inputs (Level 3) on changes in plan assets for the period, as well as how investment allocation decisions are made, 
including the factors that are pertinent to an understanding of investment policies and strategies. The disclosures 
about plan assets required by this guidance are included in Note 11. 

In  April  2009,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  impacting  ASC  Topic  820:  Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures 
(Topic 820). This interpretation provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level 
of  activity  for  the  asset  or  liability  have  significantly  decreased.  This  also  includes  guidance  on  identifying 
circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly and requires additional disclosures of valuation inputs and 
techniques in interim periods and defines the major security types that are required to be disclosed. This guidance 
was effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, and should be applied prospectively.  The 
adoption of the standard did not have a material effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.  

In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance impacting ASC Topic 320-10: Investments – Debt and Equity Securities. 
This guidance amends U.S. GAAP for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the 
presentation  and  disclosure  of  other-than-temporary  impairments  on  debt  and  equity  securities  in  the  financial 
statements.  This  guidance  was  effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods  ending  after  June  15,  2009,  with  earlier 
adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009.  The Corporation did not have any cumulative effect 
adjustment related to the adoption of this guidance. 

In  May  2009,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  impacting  ASC  Topic  855:  Subsequent  Events.  This  update  provides 
guidance  on  management’s  assessment  of  subsequent  events  that  occur  after  the  balance  sheet  date  through  the 
date that the financial statements are issued. This guidance is generally consistent with current accounting practice. 
This  guidance  was  effective  for  periods  ending  after  June 15,  2009  and  had  no  effect  on  the  Corporation’s 
consolidated financial statements.  

In  August  2009,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  impacting  Topic  820.  This  guidance  is  intended  to  reduce 
ambiguity in financial reporting when measuring the fair value of liabilities.  This guidance was effective for the 
first reporting period (including interim periods) after issuance and had no effect on the Corporation’s consolidated 
financial statements.  

In  September  2009,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  impacting  Topic  820.    This  creates  a  practical  expedient  to 
measure  the  fair  value  of  an  alternative  investment  that  does  not  have  a  readily  determinable  fair  value.    This 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
guidance  also  requires  certain  additional  disclosures.    This  guidance  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods 
ending after December 15, 2009.  The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on its consolidated 
financial statements. 

Accounting Standards Not Yet Effective: 

In  June 2009,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  relating  to  the  accounting  for  transfers  of  financial  assets.  The  new 
guidance, which was issued as Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 166, Accounting for Transfers 
of  Financial  Assets,  an  amendment  to  SFAS  No.  140,  was  adopted  into  Codification  in  December 2009  through  the 
issuance  of  ASU  2009-16.  The  new  standard  provides  guidance  to  improve  the  relevance,  representational 
faithfulness, and comparability of the information that an entity provides in its financial statements about a transfer 
of  financial  assets;  the  effects  of  a  transfer  on  its  financial  position,  financial  performance,  and  cash  flows;  and  a 
transferor’s  continuing  involvement,  if  any,  in  transferred  financial  assets.    The  Corporation  will  adopt  the  new 
guidance in 2010 and is evaluating the effect it will have, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.  

In June 2009, the FASB issued new guidance relating to the variable interest entities.  The new guidance, which was 
issued as SFAS No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), was adopted into Codification in December 
2009 through the issuance of ASU 2009-17 and updates ASC Topic 810: Consolidation (ASC Topic 810). The objective 
of  the  guidance  is  to  improve  financial  reporting  by  enterprises  involved  with  variable  interest  entities  and  to 
provide  more  relevant  and  reliable  information  to  users  of  financial  statements.  ASC  Topic  810  is  effective  as  of 
January 1, 2010.  The Corporation does not expect the adoption of the new guidance to have a material effect on its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving 
Disclosures  about  Fair  Value  Measurements  (ASU  2010-06).  ASU  2010-06  amends  Subtopic  820-10  to  clarify  existing 
disclosures, require new disclosures, and includes conforming amendments to guidance on employers’ disclosures 
about  postretirement  benefit  plan  assets.  ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after 
December 15, 2009, except for disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of 
activity  in  Level  3  fair  value  measurements.  Those  disclosures  are  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years.  The Corporation does not expect the adoption 
of ASU 2010-06 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

NOTE 2: Securities 

Debt and equity securities are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Preferred stock 

70 

Amortized 
Cost 
$    9,772   

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

December 31, 2009 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 
$  (62)       
--       
(374)       
(85)       
$(521)       

$    33    
2,628                   81  
2,144    
59    
$2,317    

103,097   
1,277   
$116,774   

Estimated 
Fair Value 

$    9,743     
2,709     
104,867     
1,251     
$118,570     

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Preferred stock 

Amortized 
Cost 
$  11,108   
2,264   
85,842   
1,564   
$100,778   

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

December 31, 2008 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 
$       (5)       
--       
(1,189)       
(98)       
$(1,292)       

$     59    
54    
858    
146    
$1,117    

Estimated 
Fair Value 

$  11,162     
2,318     
85,511     
1,612     
$100,603     

The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  value  of  securities  at  December  31,  2009  and  2008,  by  the  earlier  of 
contractual  maturity  or  expected  maturity,  are  shown  below.    Expected  maturities  will  differ  from  contractual 
maturities  because  borrowers  may  have  the  right  to  prepay  obligations  with  or  without  call  or  prepayment 
penalties. 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Available for Sale 
Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 
Preferred stock 

December 31, 2009 

December 31, 2008 

Amortized 
Cost 
$ 12,683    
27,091    
47,411    
28,312    
1,277    
$116,774    

Estimated 
Fair Value 
 $ 12,762    
 27,356    
48,236    
28,965    
1,251    
$118,570    

Amortized 
Cost 
$ 13,268    
22,723    
37,472    
25,751    
1,564    
$100,778    

Estimated 
Fair Value 
 $ 13,281 
 22,803 
37,227 
25,680 
1,612 
$100,603 

Proceeds from the maturities, calls and sales of securities available for sale in 2009 were $23.14 million, resulting in 
gross realized gains of $48,000 and gross realized losses of $26,000, in 2008 were $18.52 million, resulting in gross 
realized  gains  of  $253,000  and  gross  realized  losses  of  $19,000,  and  in  2007  were  $6.19  million,  resulting  in  gross 
realized gains of $21,000.   

The Corporation pledges securities to secure public deposits, Federal Reserve Bank treasury, tax and loan deposits 
and  repurchase  agreements.    Securities  with  an  aggregate  amortized  cost  of  $87.44  million  and  an  aggregate  fair 
value of $88.90 million were pledged at December 31, 2009.  Securities with an aggregate amortized cost of $40.57 
million and an aggregate fair value of $40.84 million were pledged at December 31, 2008. 

Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2009, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are 
shown below. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. government agencies 

and corporations 

Obligations of states and 
political subdivisions 
Subtotal-debt securities 
Preferred stock 
Total temporarily impaired 

Less Than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

12 Months or More 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

 $  3,298 

$      62 

$       -- 

 $         -- 

$  3,298 

$     62 

     18,872 
     22,170 
          401 

        255 
        317 
         13 

   2,853 
   2,853 
      408 

        119 
       119 
         72 

     21,725 
     25,023 
          809 

       374 
       436 
         85 

securities 

$22,571 

$   330 

$3,261 

$     191 

$25,832 

$   521 

There  are  80  debt  securities  totaling  $25.02  million  considered  temporarily  impaired  at  December  31,  2009.    The 
primary cause of the temporary impairments in the Corporation’s investments in debt securities was fluctuations in 
interest  rates.    Because  the  Corporation  intends  to  hold  these  investments  in  debt  securities  to  maturity  and  it  is 
more  likely  than  not  that  the  Corporation  will  not  be  required  to  sell  these  investments  before  a  recovery  of 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
unrealized  losses,  the  Corporation  does  not  consider  these  investments  to  be  other-than-temporarily  impaired  at 
December  31,  2009  and  no  impairment  has  been  recognized.    There  are  four  equity  securities  totaling  $809,000 
considered temporarily impaired at December 31, 2009.  The Corporation has the intent and ability to hold these 
equity securities until a recovery of unrealized losses and therefore does not consider these investments to be other-
than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2009. 

The  Corporation’s  investment  in  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  (“FHLB”)  stock  totaled  $3.9  million  at  December  31, 
2009.  FHLB stock is generally viewed as a long-term investment and as a restricted investment security, which is 
carried at cost, because there is no market for the stock, other than the FHLBs or member institutions.  Therefore, 
when  evaluating  FHLB  stock  for  impairment,  its  value  is  based  on  the  ultimate  recoverability  of  the  par  value 
rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value.  Despite the FHLB’s temporary suspension of repurchases 
of  excess  capital  stock  in  2009,  the  Corporation  does  not  consider  this  investment  to  be  other-than-temporarily 
impaired at December 31, 2009 and no impairment has been recognized.  FHLB stock is shown as a separate line 
item on the balance sheet and is not a part of the available for sale securities portfolio. 

Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2008, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are 
shown below. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Less Than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

12 Months or More 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

U.S. government agencies 

and corporations 

 $     495 

$        5 

Obligations of states and 
political subdivisions 
Subtotal-debt securities 
Preferred stock 
Total temporarily impaired 

   32,846 
   33,341 
       699 

  1,189 
  1,194 
       88 

securities 

$34,040 

$ 1,282 

$ --  

   --  
   --  
   20 

$20 

 $   -- 

$     495 

$       5 

      -- 
      -- 
    10 

  32,846 
  33,341 
       719 

  1,189 
  1,194 
       98 

$  10 

$34,060 

$1,292 

In  2008,  the  Corporation  recognized  a  $1.58  million  other-than-temporary  impairment  charge  related  to  its 
investments  in  perpetual  preferred  stock  of  the  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  (Fannie  Mae)  and  the 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac).  The impairment in the holdings of these government-
sponsored  entities  resulted  from  the  decline  in  market  value  of  these  shares  in  connection  with  the  federal 
government’s takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in September 2008, along with the elimination of dividends 
on  these  shares.    At  December  31,  2009,  the  fair  value  of  the  Corporation’s  investment  in  the  preferred  shares  of 
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac was $17,000 and $40,000, respectively. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 3: Loans 

Major classifications of loans are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Real estate—mortgage 
Real estate—construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural1 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 

Less unearned loan fees 

Less allowance for loan losses 

                 December 31,           

          2009 

          2008 

$147,850    
14,053    
245,759    
32,220    
7,710    
189,439    
637,031    
--    
 637,031    
(24,027)   
$613,004    

$141,271    
28,300    
272,440    
29,136    
9,515    
172,385    
653,047    
(224)   
 652,823    
(19,806)   
$633,017    

1 

Includes loans secured by real estate for builder lines, acquisition and development and commercial development, as well as 
commercial loans secured by personal property. 

Consumer  loans  included  $266,000  and  $221,000  of  demand  deposit  overdrafts  at  December  31,  2009  and  2008, 
respectively.    Loans  on  nonaccrual  status  were  $5.40  million  and  $19.48  million  at  December  31,  2009  and  2008, 
respectively.    If  interest  income  had  been  recognized  on  nonaccrual  loans  at  their  stated  rates  during  years 2009, 
2008  and  2007,  interest  income  would  have  increased  by  approximately  $668,000,  $439,000  and  $56,000, 
respectively.  Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more were $451,000 and $3.52 million at December 31, 2009 
and 2008, respectively.  The balance of impaired loans was $5.01 million and $16.83 million at December 31, 2009 
and  2008,  respectively,  for  which  there  were  specific  valuation  allowances  of  $1.12  million  and  $940,000  as  of 
December 31, 2009 and 2008.  The average balances of impaired loans for 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $12.43 million, 
$5.82  million  and  $557,000,  respectively.    The  Corporation  has  no  obligation  to  fund  additional  advances  on  its 
impaired loans. 

NOTE 4: Allowance for Loan Losses  

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Balance at the beginning of year 
Provision charged to operations 
Loans charged off 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off 
Balance at the end of year 

NOTE 5: Other Real Estate Owned  

Year Ended December 31, 
2008 
$15,963  
13,766  
(11,559) 
1,636  
$19,806  

2009 
$19,806  
18,563  
(16,177) 
1,835  
$24,027  

2007 
$14,216  
7,130  
(7,300) 
1,917  
$15,963  

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, OREO was $12.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively.  During the years ended 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Corporation transferred $16.9 million and $3.3 million, respectively, from loans to 
OREO.    OREO  is  primarily  comprised  of  residential  properties  associated  with  commercial  relationships  and  is 
located primarily in the state of Virginia.  During 2009 and 2008, the Corporation had sales proceeds of $3.5 million 
and $990,000, respectively, and recognized a loss of $93,000 and $8,000, respectively. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OREO is presented net of an allowance for losses.  Changes in the allowance for OREO losses are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Balance at the beginning of year 
Provision for losses 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries of OREO previously charged off 

Balance at the end of year 

Year Ended December 31, 
2008 
$    --  
296  
(223) 

2007 
-- 
-- 
-- 

2009 
$      73 
2,614 
(285) 
-
- 
$ 2,402 

--  
 $  73  

-- 
-- 

Expenses  applicable  to  OREO,  other  than  the  provision  for  losses,  were  $129,000,  $82,000  and  zero  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

NOTE 6: Corporate Premises and Equipment  

Major classifications of corporate premises and equipment are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Land 
Buildings 
Equipment, furniture and fixtures 

Less accumulated depreciation 

NOTE 7: Time Deposits  

Time deposits are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Certificates of deposit, $100 thousand or more 
Other time deposits 

Remaining maturities on time deposits at December 31, 2009 are as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)  

2010 
2011 
2012  
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 

74 

December 31, 

2009 
$   6,734   
 26,357   
20,925   
54,016   
(24,526)  
$29,490   

2008 
$   6,734   
 26,347   
20,726   
53,807   
(22,676)  
$31,131   

December 31, 

2009 
$  143,037   
171,497 
$314,534 

2008 
$  99,711   
169,187 
$268,898 

$196,344
42,174
62,203
1,802
11,593
418
$314,534

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 8: Borrowings  

Short-term  borrowings  include  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase,  which  are  secured  transactions 
with  customers  and  generally  mature  the  day  following  the  day  sold.    Balances  outstanding  under  repurchase 
agreements  were  $6.08  million  on  December  31,  2009  and  $7.22  million  on  December  31,  2008.    Short-term 
borrowings also include borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank under its discount window lending programs 
which are secured by a loan-specific lien on certain qualifying loans.  There was $5.00 million outstanding under 
the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  discount  window  lending  programs  on  December  31,  2009  and  $15.00  million 
outstanding  on  December  31,  2008.    Short-term  borrowings  also  include  advances  from  the  FHLB,  which  are 
secured by a blanket floating lien on all qualifying closed-end and revolving, open-end loans secured by 1-4 family 
residential properties.  There were no short-term FHLB advances outstanding on December 31, 2009, compared to 
$33.80 million outstanding on December 31, 2008.  Short-term borrowings can also include advances against $36.00 
million in federal funds lines with correspondent banks.  There were no outstanding federal funds purchased on 
December 31, 2009 and 2008. 

The table below presents selected information on short-term borrowings:  

(Dollars in thousands) 

Balance outstanding at year end 
Maximum balance at any month end during the year 
Average balance for the year 
Weighted average rate for the year 
Weighted average rate on borrowings at year end 
Estimated fair value at year end 

December 31, 

2009 
$11,082    
$61,655    
$31,328    
0.60%
0.84%
$11,082    

2008 
$56,024    
$59,382    
$35,071    
2.12%
0.67%
$56,024    

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2009 consist of a repurchase agreement with a third-party broker, which is 
secured by investment securities; advances under a non-recourse revolving bank line of credit secured by loans at 
C&F Finance; and advances from the FHLB, which are secured by a blanket floating lien on all qualifying closed-
end and revolving, open-end loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties.  The interest rate on the repurchase 
agreement, which matures in 2018, is 3.55% (7.00% minus three-month LIBOR with a maximum rate of 3.55%) and 
the outstanding balance as of December 31, 2009 was $5.00 million.  The interest rate on the revolving bank line of 
credit,  which  matures  in  2012,  floats  at  the  one-month  LIBOR  rate  plus  175  basis  points,  and  the  outstanding 
balance  as  of  December  31,  2009  was  $81.63  million.    C&F  Finance’s  revolving  bank  line  of  credit  agreement 
contains  covenants regarding C&F Finance’s capital adequacy, credit quality, adequacy of the allowance for loan 
losses and interest expense coverage.  C&F Finance satisfied all such covenants during 2009.  Long-term advances 
from the FHLB at December 31, 2009 consist of $52.50 million of convertible advances.  These advances have fixed 
rates  of  interest  unless  the  FHLB  exercises  its  option  to  convert  the  interest  on  these  advances  from  fixed  rate  to 
variable rate.   

The table below presents selected information on the FHLB advances: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Balance Outstanding at December 31, 2009 
$5,000 
$5,000 
$7,500 
$5,000 
$7,500 
$7,500 
$5,000 
$5,000 
$5,000 

Interest Rate 

Maturity Date 

3.90%       
4.08          
4.15          
 3.95          
3.69          
3.70          
4.06          
2.93          
3.59          

08/30/12         
08/30/12         
10/19/12         
11/17/14         
11/28/14         
10/19/17         
10/25/17         
11/27/17         
06/06/18         

Next 
Conversion 
Option Date 
02/26/10     
02/26/10     
10/19/10     
11/17/10     
11/29/10     
01/19/10     
10/25/11     
02/26/10     
06/06/12     

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The contractual maturities of long-term borrowings at December 31, 2009 are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

2012 
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 

Fixed Rate 

Floating Rate 

$17,500 
-- 
 12,500 
22,500 
$52,500 

$81,630     
--     
--     
5,000     
$86,630     

Total 
$  99,130  
--  
12,500  
27,500  
$139,130  

The Corporation’s unused lines of credit for future borrowings total approximately $175.56 million at December 31, 
2009,  which  consists  of  $40.99  million  available  from  the  FHLB,  $38.37  million  on  C&F  Finance’s  revolving  bank 
line  of  credit,  $60.20  million  available  from  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  and  $36.00  million  under  federal  funds 
agreements with a third party financial institution.  Additional loans are available that can be pledged as collateral 
for future borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank above the current lendable collateral value. 

In  December  2007,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  II  (Trust  II),  a  wholly-owned  non-operating  subsidiary  of  the 
Corporation, was formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred capital securities for general corporate purposes 
including the refinancing of existing debt.  On December 14, 2007, Trust II issued $10.00 million of trust preferred 
capital  securities  in  a  private  placement  to  an  institutional  investor  and  $310,000  in  common  equity  to  the 
Corporation  in  exchange  for  cash.    The  securities  mature  in  December  2037,  are  redeemable  at  the  Corporation’s 
option beginning after five years, and require quarterly distributions by Trust II to the holder of the securities at a 
fixed rate of 7.73% as to $5.00 million of the securities and at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.15% 
as  to  the  remaining  $5.00  million,  which  rate  was  3.40%  at  December  31,  2009.    The  fixed  rate  portion  of  the 
securities converts to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.15% in December 2012.  The principal asset of Trust II is 
$10.31  million  of  the  Corporation’s  trust  preferred  capital  notes  with  like  maturities  and  like  interest  rates  to  the 
trust preferred capital securities.  The interest payments by the Corporation on the debt securities will be used by 
Trust II to pay the quarterly distributions payable by Trust II to the holders of the trust preferred capital securities. 

In  July  2005,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  I  (Trust  I),  a  wholly-owned  non-operating  subsidiary  of  the 
Corporation,  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  issuing  trust  preferred  capital  securities  to  partially  fund  the 
Corporation’s  purchase  of  427,186  shares  of  its  common  stock.    On  July 21, 2005, Trust I issued $10.00 million of 
trust preferred capital securities in a private placement to an institutional investor and $310,000 in common equity 
to  the  Corporation  in  exchange  for  cash.    The  securities  mature  in  September  2035,  are  redeemable  at  the 
Corporation’s option beginning after five years, and require quarterly distributions by Trust I to the holder of the 
securities at a fixed rate of 6.07% as to $5.00 million of the securities and at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR 
rate  plus  1.57%  as  to  the  remaining  $5.00  million,  which  rate  was  1.82%  at  December  31,  2009.    The  fixed  rate 
portion of the securities converts to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 1.57% in September 2010.  The principal asset 
of Trust I is $10.31 million of the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes with like maturities and like interest 
rates to the trust preferred capital securities.  The interest payments by the Corporation on the debt securities will 
be used by Trust I to pay the quarterly distributions payable by Trust I to the holders of the trust preferred capital 
securities. 

Subject  to  certain  exceptions  and  limitations,  the  Corporation  may  elect  from  time  to  time  to  defer  interest 
payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on 
the related capital securities. 

NOTE 9:  Shareholders’  Equity,  Other  Comprehensive  Income  and  Earnings  Per  Common 

Share  

Shareholders’ Equity 

Preferred  Shares.    On  January  9,  2009,  as  part  of  the  Capital  Purchase  Program  (Capital  Purchase  Program) 
established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (Treasury) under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 
2008 (EESA), the Corporation issued and sold to Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $20.00 million in cash 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 20,000 shares of the Corporation’s fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series A, par value $1.00 per 
share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (Series A Preferred Stock) and (2) a ten-year warrant to 
purchase up to 167,504 shares of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share (Common Stock), at an 
initial exercise price of $17.91 per share (Warrant).  The Series A Preferred Stock may be treated as Tier 1 capital for 
regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes. 

Cumulative dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock will accrue on the liquidation preference at a rate of 5% per 
annum  for  the  first  five  years,  and  at  a  rate  of  9%  per  annum  thereafter.    The  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  has  no 
maturity date and ranks senior to the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends.  The Corporation 
may  redeem  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  at  100%  of  their  liquidation  preference  (plus  any  accrued  and  unpaid 
dividends), subject to the consent of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 

The Warrant has a 10-year term and was immediately exercisable upon issuance, with an exercise price, subject to 
anti-dilution adjustments, equal to $17.91 per share of Common Stock.  Of the aggregate amount of $20.00 million 
received, approximately $19.21 million was attributable to the Series A Preferred Stock and approximately $792,000 
was attributable to the Warrant, based on the relative fair values of these instruments on the date of issuance.  The 
Corporation used a discounted cash flow analysis to determine the fair value of the Series A Preferred Stock, which 
included the following key assumptions:  (i) a discount rate of 10 percent, (ii) a dividend rate for the first five years 
of 5 percent and (iii) a dividend rate after five years of 9 percent.  The Corporation used the Black-Scholes option-
pricing  model  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  the  Warrant,  which  included  the  following  key  assumptions:    (i) 
volatility of 30 percent, (ii) an exercise price of $17.91, (iii) a dividend yield of 4.0 percent and (iv) the five-year risk-
free  rate  of  2.4  percent.    The  resulting  fair  values  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  the  Warrant  were  used  to 
allocate the aggregate purchase price of $20.00 million on a relative fair value basis.  As the Series A Preferred Stock 
was  initially  valued  at  $19.21  million,  the  difference  between  the  initial  value  and  the  par  value  of  the  Series  A 
Preferred Stock will be accreted over a period of five years through a reduction to retained earnings on an effective 
yield basis.  While this accretion does not affect net income, it, along with the dividends, reduces the amount of net 
income available to common shareholders, and thus reduces both basic and diluted earnings per common share. 

The  purchase  agreement  pursuant  to  which  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  the  Warrant  were  sold  contains 
limitations on the payment of dividends or distributions on the Common Stock (including the payment of the cash 
dividends in excess of the Corporation’s quarterly cash dividend at the time of issuance of the Series A Preferred 
Stock of $0.31 per share) and on the Corporation’s ability to repurchase, redeem or acquire its Common Stock or 
other securities, and subjects the Corporation to certain of the executive compensation limitations included in the 
EESA  until  such  time  as  Treasury  no  longer  owns  any  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  acquired  through  the  Capital 
Purchase Program. 

Common  Shares.    During  2008,  the  Corporation  purchased  1,600  shares  of  its  common  stock  in  open-market 
transactions  at  prices  ranging  between  $20.49  and  $31.06  per  share  in  accordance  with  board-approved  stock 
purchase programs.  The program in effect at December 31, 2008, expired in July 2009.  Limitations on future share 
repurchases are described above. 

During  2007,  the  Corporation  purchased  54,800  shares  of  its  common  stock  in  negotiated  and  open-market 
transactions  at  prices  ranging  between  $32.50  and  $43.20  in  accordance  with  a  board-approved  stock  purchase 
program that expired in July 2008.  Purchases of 149,720 shares at prices between $37.25 and $45.07 per share were 
made in accordance with a board-approved stock purchase program, which was terminated in July 2007. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Comprehensive Income 

The  following  table  presents  the  cumulative  balances  of  the  components  of  other  comprehensive  income,  net  of 
deferred  tax  assets  (liabilities)  of  $521,000,  $(565,000)  and  $105,000  as  of  December  31,  2009,  2008  and  2007, 
respectively. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities 
Net unrecognized gains (losses) on defined benefit plans 
Total cumulative other comprehensive income (loss) 

2009 
$  1,168 
(200) 
$    968 

December 31, 
2008 
$   (113) 
(934) 
$  (1,047) 

2007 
$   540 
(343) 
$   197 

The Corporation reclassified net gains (losses) of $14,000, $(885,000) and $14,000 from other comprehensive income 
to earnings for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Earnings Per Common Share 

The components of the Corporation’s earnings per common share calculations are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Net income 
Accumulated dividends on Series A Preferred Stock 
Amortization of Series A Preferred Stock discount 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Weighted average number of common shares used in earnings per 
  common share—basic 
Effect of dilutive securities: 
  Stock option awards and warrant 
Weighted average number of common shares used in earnings per 
  common share—assuming dilution 

December 31, 
2008 
 $4,181 
--  
--  
$4,181 

2009 
$5,526  
(992) 
(138) 
$4,396  

2007 
$8,480 
--  
--  
$8,480 

3,044,009  

3,027,700 

3,062,932 

4,482  

30,574 

118,513 

3,048,491  

3,058,274 

3,181,445 

Potential  common  shares  that  may  be  issued  by  the  Corporation  for  its  stock  option  awards  and  Warrant  are 
determined using the treasury stock method.  Options, including the Warrant in 2009, on approximately 548,000, 
372,000 and 98,000 shares were not included in computing diluted earnings per common share for the years ended 
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive. 

NOTE 10: Income Taxes  

Principal components of income tax expense as reflected in the consolidated statements of income are as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Current taxes 
Deferred taxes 

78 

 Year Ended December 31, 
2008 
$ 3,289  
(2,672) 
$    617  

2009 
$  5,422  
(3,477) 
$  1,945  

2007 
$ 4,456  
(1,112) 
$ 3,344  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The income tax provision is less than would be obtained by application of the statutory federal corporate tax rate to 
pre-tax accounting income as a result of the following items:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Year Ended December 31, 

Income tax computed at federal statutory rates 
Tax effect of exclusion of interest income on 
  obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Reduction of interest expense incurred to carry tax- 
  exempt assets 
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 
Tax effect of dividends-received deduction on 
  preferred stock 
Compensation in excess of deductible limits 
Tax credits 
Other 

Percent of 
Pre-tax 
Income 

Percent of 
Pre-tax 
Income 

Percent of 
Pre-tax 
Income 

2007 

2008 

34.0% $  1,631  

34.0% $  4,139  

35.0%

2009 
$  2,540  

(1,431) 

(19.2)  

(1,085) 

(22.6)  

(913) 

(7.7)  

115  
665  

1.5   
8.9   

122  
157  

2.6   
3.3   

115  
248  

(22) 
219  
(118) 
(23) 
$  1,945  

(45) 
(0.2)  
--  
2.9   
(147) 
(1.6)  
(16) 
(0.3)  
26.0% $    617  

(72) 
(0.9)  
--  
--   
(101) 
(3.1)  
(0.4)  
(72) 
12.9% $  3,344  

1.0   
2.1   

(0.6)  
--   
(0.9)  
(0.6)  
28.3%

The  Corporation’s  net  deferred  income  taxes  totaled  $12.37  million  and  $9.98  million  at  December  31,  2009  and 
2008, respectively.  The tax effects of each type of significant item that gave rise to deferred taxes are:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Deferred tax asset 
  Allowance for loan losses 
  Deferred compensation 
  Other-than-temporary impairment of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preferred stock 
  Defined benefit plan 
  Share-based compensation 

Interest on nonaccrual loans 

  Depreciation 
  Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale 
  Other 

  Deferred tax asset 

Deferred tax liability 
  Goodwill and other intangible assets 
  Depreciation 
  Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale 

  Deferred tax liability 
  Net deferred tax asset 

December 31, 

2009 

2008 

$10,823  
1,655  
614  
151  
367  
124  
51  
--  
1,094  
14,879  

(1,877) 
--  
(628) 
(2,505) 
$12,374  

$7,715  
1,557  
614  
369  
250  
88  
--  
61  
899  
11,553  

(1,568) 
(3) 
--  
(1,571) 
$9,982  

The Corporation files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and several states.  With few exceptions, the 
Corporation is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years 
prior to 2005.  The Corporation adopted the provisions of FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (ASC 
Topic 740 – Income Taxes), on January 1, 2007 with no effect on the financial statements. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 11: Employee Benefit Plans  

The Bank maintains a Defined Contribution Profit-Sharing Plan (the Profit-Sharing Plan) sponsored by the Virginia 
Bankers  Association  (VBA).    The  Profit-Sharing  Plan  includes  a  401(k)  savings  provision  that  authorizes  a 
maximum  voluntary  salary  deferral  of  up  to  95%  of  compensation  (with  a  partial  company  match),  subject  to 
statutory limitations.  The Profit-Sharing Plan provides for an annual discretionary contribution to the account of 
each eligible employee based in part on the Bank’s profitability for a given year and on each participant’s yearly 
earnings.  All salaried employees who have attained the age of eighteen and have at least three months of service 
are  eligible  to  participate.    Contributions  and  earnings  may  be  invested  in  various  investment  vehicles  offered 
through the VBA.  An employee is 20% vested in the Bank’s contributions after two years of service, 40% after three 
years, 60% after four years, 80% after five years and fully vested after six years.  The amounts charged to expense 
under this plan were $409,000, $437,000 and $420,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  

C&F Mortgage maintains a Defined Contribution 401(k) Savings Plan that authorizes a voluntary salary deferral of 
from  1%  to  100%  of  compensation  (with  a  discretionary  company  match),  subject  to  statutory  limitations.  
Substantially all employees who have attained the age of eighteen are eligible to participate on the first day of the 
next month following employment date.  The plan provides for an annual discretionary contribution to the account 
of each eligible employee based in part on C&F Mortgage’s profitability for a given year, and on each participant’s 
contributions to the plan.  Contributions may be invested in various investment funds offered under the plan.  An 
employee is vested 25% in the employer’s contributions after two years of service, 50% after three years, 75% after 
four years, and fully vested after five years.  The amounts charged to expense under this plan were $18,000, $75,000 
and $182,000 for 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively. 

 C&F  Finance  maintains  a  Defined  Contribution  Profit-Sharing  Plan  sponsored  by  the  VBA  with  plan  features 
similar  to  the  Profit-Sharing  Plan  of  the  Bank.    The  amounts  charged  to  expense  under  this  plan  were  $89,000, 
$79,000 and $94,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Individual performance bonuses are awarded annually to certain members of management under a management 
incentive  bonus  policy.    The  Corporation’s  Compensation  Committee  recommends  to  the  Corporation’s  Board  of 
Directors the bonuses to be paid to the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, 
and  recommends  to  the  Bank’s  Board  of  Directors  bonuses  to  be  paid  to  certain  other  senior  Bank  officers.    In 
addition,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  recommends  bonuses  to  be  paid  to  other  officers  of  the  Bank  and  C&F 
Finance.    In  determining  the  awards,  performance,  including  the  Corporation’s  growth  rate,  returns  on  average 
assets  and  equity,  and  absolute  levels  of  income  are  considered.    In  addition,  the  Bank’s  Board  of  Directors 
considers the individual performance of the members of management who may receive awards.  The expense for 
these bonus awards is accrued in the year of performance.  Expenses under these plans were $418,000, $333,000 and 
$780,000  in  2009,  2008  and  2007,  respectively.    In  accordance  with  employment  agreements  for  certain  senior 
officers of C&F Mortgage, performance bonuses of $1.8 million, $695,000 and $811,000 were expensed in 2009, 2008 
and 2007, respectively.  Performance used in determining the awards is directly related to the profitability of C&F 
Mortgage. 

The Corporation has a nonqualified defined contribution plan for certain executives.  The plan allows for elective 
salary and bonus deferrals.  The plan also allows for employer contributions to make up for limitations on covered 
compensation  imposed  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  with  respect  to  the  Bank’s  Profit  Sharing  Plan  and  a  non-
contributory  cash  balance  pension  plan  (Cash  Balance  Plan)  and  to  enhance  retirement  benefits  by  providing 
supplemental  contributions  from  time  to  time.    Expenses  under  this  plan  were  $90,000,  $92,000  and  $115,000  in 
2009,  2008  and  2007,  respectively.    Investments  for  this  plan  are  held  in  a  Rabbi  trust.    These  investments  are 
included in other assets and the related liability is included in other liabilities. 

The  Bank  has  a  non-contributory,  defined  benefit  pension  plan  for  all  full-time  employees  over  21  years  of  age.  
Historically,  benefits  were  generally  based  upon  years  of  service  and  average  compensation  for  the  five  highest-
paid consecutive years of service.  Effective December, 31, 2008, this plan was converted to a the Cash Balance Plan 
for  all  full-time  employees  over  21  years  of  age.    Under  the  Cash  Balance  Plan,  benefits  earned  by  participants 
under  the  prior  defined  benefit  pension  plan  through  December  31,  2008  were  converted  to  an  opening  account 
balance for each participant.  This account balance for each participant will grow each year with annual pay credits 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
based on age and years of service and monthly interest credits based on an amount established each year by the 
Compensation  Committee.    The  Bank  funds  pension  costs  in  accordance  with  the  funding  provisions  of  the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act. 

The following table summarizes the projected benefit obligations, plan assets, funded status and rate assumptions 
associated  with  the  Bank’s  pension  plan  based  upon  actuarial  valuations  prepared  as  of  December  31,  2009  and 
2008 and October 1, 2007. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Change in benefit obligation 
  Projected benefit obligation, beginning 
  Service cost 
Interest cost 
  Actuarial (gain) 
  Benefits paid 
  Prior service cost due to amendment 
Projected benefit obligation, ending 
Change in plan assets 
  Fair value of plan assets, beginning 
  Actual return on plan assets 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets, ending 
Funded status 
Amounts recognized as an other liability 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income  
  Net loss 
  Net obligation at transition 
  Prior service cost 
  Deferred taxes 
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income 
Weighted-average assumptions for benefit obligation as valuation date 
  Discount rate 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Rate of compensation increase 

Period Ended 

December 31, 

2009 

2008 

September 30, 
 2007 

$ 6,400  
504  
373  
(13) 
(448) 
-- 
$ 6,816  

$ 4,346  
1,487  
1,000  
(448) 
$ 6,385  
$  (431) 
$  (431) 

$ 1,595  
(9) 
(1,279) 
(107) 
$    200  

$ 7,083  
1,044  
550  
(426) 
(435) 
(1,416) 
$ 6,400  

$ 6,814  
(2,033) 
--  
(435) 
$ 4,346  
$(2,054) 
$(2,054) 

$ 2,798  
(14) 
(1,347) 
(503) 
$    934  

$6,438  
777  
384  
(190) 
(326) 
--  
$7,083  

$6,438  
702  
--  
(326) 
$6,814  
$  (269) 
$  (269) 

$   472  
(22) 
78  
(185) 
$   343  

6.0% 
8.0  
4.0  

6.0% 
8.5  
4.0 

6.3% 
8.5  
4.0 

The accumulated benefit obligation was $6.81 million and $5.29 million as of the actuarial valuation dates in 2009 
and 2008, respectively. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)   

Components of net periodic benefit cost 
  Service cost 
Interest cost 

  Expected return on plan assets 
  Amortization of prior service cost 
  Amortization of net obligation at transition 
  Recognized net actuarial loss 
  Net periodic benefit cost 
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other 

comprehensive income  

  Net (gain) loss 
  Net obligation at transition 
  Amortization of net obligation at transition 
  Prior service cost 
  Amortization of prior service costs 
  Deferred taxes 
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income  
other 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and  

Year Ended December 31, 
2008 

2009 

2007 

$  504  
373  
(413) 
(68) 
(5) 
115  
506  

(1,203) 
--  
5  
--  
68  
396  
(734) 

$  835  
440  
(576) 
7  
(5) 
--  
701  

2,326  
--  
8  
(1,416) 
(9) 
(318) 
591  

$  777  
384  
(447) 
7  
(5) 
16  
732  

(461) 
--  
5  
--  
(7) 
162  
(301) 

comprehensive income  

$   (228) 

$ 1,292  

$ 431  

The  estimated  net  loss,  obligation  at  transition  and  prior  service  cost  that  will  be  (accreted  to)  amortized  from 
accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next year are $48,000, $(5,000) and 
$(68,000), respectively. 

Weighted-average assumptions for net periodic benefit cost as of 
  Discount rate 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Rate of compensation increase 

January 1, (1) 
2009 

October 1, (1) 

2007 

2006 

6.0% 
8.0 
4.0 

6.3% 
8.5    
4.0    

6.0% 
8.5    
4.0    

(1) Net periodic benefit cost is based on assumptions determined at the valuation date of the prior year.  The Corporation changed the valuation date 

during 2008 from a 10/1 to a 1/1 date.  As such, the October 1, 2007 and 2006 valuation dates were applicable to the years ended December 31, 2008 
and 2007, respectively. 

The benefits expected to be paid by the plan in the next ten years are as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands) 

2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 – 2019 

$      413
192
519
103
603
3,285
$ 5,115

The Bank selects the expected long-term rate of return on assets in consultation with its investment advisors and 
actuary.  This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or 
to be invested to provide plan benefits.  Historical performance is reviewed, especially with respect to real rates of 
return (net of inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust and for the trust itself.  

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Undue  weight  is  not  given  to  recent  experience,  which  may  not  continue  over  the  measurement  period.    Higher 
significance is placed on current forecasts of future long-term economic conditions. 

Because assets are held in a qualified trust, anticipated returns are not reduced for taxes.  Further, solely for this 
purpose,  the  plan  is  assumed  to  continue  in  force  and  not  terminate  during  the  period  during  which  assets  are 
invested.    However,  consideration  is  given  to  the  potential  impact  of  current  and  future  investment  policy,  cash 
flow into and out of the trust, and expenses (both investment and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets 
(to the extent such expenses are not explicitly within periodic costs). 

The Bank’s defined benefit pension plan’s weighted average asset allocations by asset category are as follows: 

Mutual funds-fixed income 
Mutual funds-equity 
Cash and equivalents 

December 31, 

2009 

38% 
 61 
 1 
100% 

2008 

31% 
64 
 5 
100% 

As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of plan assets is as follows: 

December 31, 2009 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Mutual funds-fixed income (1) 
Mutual funds-equity (2) 
Cash and equivalents (3) 
Total pension assets 

Fair Value Measurements Using 
Level 2 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 

Level 1 
$   2,441 
3,879 
65 
$  6,385 

Level 3 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 

Assets at Fair 
Value 
$   2,441 
3,879 
65 
$  6,385 

(1)  This  category  includes  investments  in  mutual  funds  focused  on  fixed  income  securities  with  both  short-
term  and  long-term  investments.    The  funds  are  valued  using  the  net  asset  value  method  in  which  an 
average of the market prices for the underlying investments is used to value the funds. 

(2)  This  category  includes  investments  in  mutual  funds  focused  on  equity  securities  with  a  diversified 
portfolio and includes investments in large cap and small cap funds, growth funds, international focused 
funds and value funds.  The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the 
market prices for the underlying investments is used to value the funds. 

(3)  This  category  comprises  cash  and  short-term  cash  equivalent  funds.    The  funds  are  valued  at  cost which 

approximates fair value. 

The  trust  fund  is  sufficiently  diversified  to  maintain  a  reasonable  level  of  risk  without  imprudently  sacrificing 
return,  with  a  targeted  asset  allocation  of  40%  fixed  income  and  60%  equities.    The  investment  advisor  selects 
investment  fund  managers  with  demonstrated  experience  and  expertise,  and  funds  with  demonstrated  historical 
performance, for the implementation of the plan’s investment strategy.  The investment manager will consider both 
actively and passively managed investment strategies and will allocate funds across the asset classes to develop an 
efficient investment structure. 

It is the responsibility of the trustee to administer the investments of the trust within reasonable costs, being careful 
to avoid sacrificing quality.  These costs include, but are not limited to, management and custodial fees, consulting 
fees, transaction costs and other administrative costs chargeable to the trust. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 12: Related Party Transactions 

Loans outstanding to directors and executive officers totaled $683,000 and $734,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, 
respectively.    New  advances  to  directors  and  officers  totaled  $18,000  and  repayments  totaled  $69,000  in  the  year 
ended  December  31,  2009.    These  loans  were  made  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  on  substantially  the  same 
terms  and  conditions,  including  interest  rates  and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable 
transactions with unrelated persons, and, in the opinion of management, do not involve more than normal risk or 
present other unfavorable features. 

NOTE 13: Share-Based Plans 

On April 15, 2008, the Corporation’s shareholders approved the Amended and Restated C&F Financial Corporation 
2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (the  Amended  2004  Plan),  which,  among  other  things,  expanded  the  group  of  eligible 
award  recipients  to  include  certain  key  employees  of  the  Corporation,  as  well  as    non-employee  directors 
(including  non-employee  regional  or  advisory  directors).    The  Amended  2004  Plan  authorizes  an  aggregate  of 
500,000  shares  of  Corporation  common  stock  to  be  issued  as  equity  awards  in  the  form  of  stock  options,  stock 
appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock  and/or  restricted  stock  units  to  key  employees  and  non-employee  directors.  
Since  the  Amended  2004  Plan’s  approval,  equity  awards  have  only  been  issued  in  the  form  of  restricted  stock, 
which are accounted for using the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted 
shares are awarded. 

Prior  to  the  approval  of  the  Amended  2004  Plan,  the  Corporation  awarded  options  to  purchase  common  stock 
and/or  grants  of  restricted  shares  of  common  stock  to  certain  key  employees  of  the  Corporation  under  the  C&F 
Financial  Corporation  2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (the  2004  Plan),  which  was  approved  by  the  Corporation’s 
shareholders  on  April  20,  2004.    Options  were  issued  to  employees  at  a  price  equal  to  the  fair  market  value  of 
common  stock  at  the  date  granted.    Restricted  shares  were  accounted  for  using  the  fair  market  value  of  the 
Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted shares were awarded.  The maximum aggregate number of 
shares that could be issued pursuant to awards made under the 2004 Plan was 500,000.  No options were granted 
under  the  2004  Plan  in  2008,  2007  and  2006.    All  options  outstanding  under  the  2004  Plan  are  exercisable  on 
December 31, 2009.  All options expire ten years from the grant date. 

Prior  to  the  approval  of  the  2004  Plan,  the  Corporation  granted  options  to  purchase  common  stock  under  the 
Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1994  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (the  1994  Plan).    The  1994  Plan 
expired  on  April  30,  2004.    The  maximum  aggregate  number  of  shares  that  could  be  issued  pursuant  to  awards 
made under the 1994 Plan was 500,000.  Options were issued to employees at a price equal to the fair market value 
of common stock at the date granted.  All options outstanding under the 1994 Plan are exercisable as of December 
31, 2009.  All options expire ten years from the grant date. 

In  1998,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  25,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance  under  the  C&F  Financial 
Corporation 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan (the Director Plan).  In 1999, the Director Plan 
was amended to authorize a total of 150,000 shares for issuance.  Under the Director Plan, options were issued to 
non-employee directors at a price equal to the fair market value of common stock at the date granted.  All options 
outstanding under the Director Plan are exercisable as of December 31, 2009.  All options expire ten years from the 
grant  date.    In 2008, the Corporation ceased granting awards to non-employee directors under the Director Plan, 
which expired in 2008, and non-employee directors were added to the group of eligible award recipients under the 
Amended 2004 Plan. 

In  1999,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  25,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance  under  the  C&F  Financial 
Corporation 1999 Regional Director Stock Compensation Plan (the Regional Director Plan).  Options were issued to 
regional directors of the Bank at a price equal to the fair market value of common stock at the date granted.  All 
options outstanding under the Regional Director Plan are exercisable as of December 31, 2009.  All options expire 
ten years from the grant date.  Upon approval of the Amended 2004 Plan in 2008, the Corporation ceased granting 
awards  to  regional  directors  of  the  Bank  under  the  Regional  Director  Plan,  which  was  to  expire  in  2009,  and 
regional directors of the Bank were added to the group of eligible award recipients under the Amended 2004 Plan. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock option transactions under the various plans for the periods indicated were as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts)   

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled 
Outstanding at end of year 
*Weighted average 

Intrinsic 
Value 

2009 
Exercise 
Price* 
$32.71     
--      
16.91     
25.35     

$33.71      $    108 

Shares 
455,017   
--    
(17,100)  
(20,200)  
417,717   

2008 

2007 

Exercise 
Price* 

Exercise 
Price* 

Shares 

Shares 
510,217    $32.17      530,167    $31.54     
37.17     
--    
21.39     
(13,950)  
(41,250)  
31.65     
455,017    $32.71      510,217    $32.17     

13,500   
(24,000)  
(9,450)  

--      
19.05     
30.65     

Options exercisable at year-end 
Weighted-average fair value of options 

granted during the year 

417,717   

N/A   

455,017   

496,717   

N/A   

$8.05   

The  total  intrinsic  value  of  in-the-money  options  exercised  in  2009  was  $46,000.    Cash  received  from  option 
exercises during 2009 was $289,000.  The Corporation has a policy of issuing new shares to satisfy the exercise of 
stock options. 

There were no option grants during 2009.  The fair value of each option granted in 2007 was estimated on the date 
of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:  dividend 
yield  of  3.3  percent,  dividend  growth  rate  of  5.0  percent,  expected  life  of  eight  years,  expected  volatility  of  25.0 
percent, and a risk-free interest rate of 4.7 percent.  The dividend yield and growth rate assumptions were based on 
the Corporation’s history and expectation of dividend payouts.  The expected life was based on historical exercise 
experience.  The expected volatility was based on historical volatility.  The risk-free interest rates for periods within 
the contractual life of the awards were based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2009:  

Range of Exercise Prices 
$15.75 to $23.49 
$35.20 to $39.60 
$40.50 to $46.20 
Total 

*Weighted average  

Options Outstanding and Exercisable 

Number Outstanding 
at December 31, 2009 
116,767 
228,850 
  72,100 
417,717 

Remaining 
Contractual Life* 
2.1 
5.7 
4.3 
4.4 

Exercise Price* 
$19.77 
  38.28 
  41.78 
$33.71 

As  permitted  under  the  Amended  2004  Plan  and  previously  the  2004  Plan,  the  Corporation  awards  shares  of 
restricted stock to certain key employees and non-employee directors.  Restricted shares awarded to employees are 
generally subject to a five-year vesting period and restricted shares awarded to non-employee directors are subject 
to a three-year vesting period.  A summary of 2009 activity for restricted stock awards is presented below: 

Unvested, January 1, 2009 
Granted 
Vested 
Cancelled 
Unvested, December 31, 2009 

85 

Weighted-
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 
$32.07 
$16.63 
$31.50 
$18.02 
$28.59 

Shares 
45,700  
14,425  
(100) 
(1,300) 
58,725  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation  is  accounted  for  using  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Corporation’s  common  stock  on  the  date  the 
restricted shares are awarded.  The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock granted for the years 
2009,  2008  and  2007  was  $16.63,  $19.66  and  $31.87,  respectively.    Compensation  expense  is  charged  to  income 
ratably over the vesting periods.  As of December 31, 2009, there was $931,000 of total unrecognized compensation 
cost related to restricted stock granted under the Amended 2004 Plan and the 2004 Plan.  The cost is expected to be 
recognized through 2014. 

NOTE 14: Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions  

The  Corporation  (on  a  consolidated  basis)  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements 
administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain 
mandatory,  and  possibly  additional  discretionary,  actions  by  regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could  have  a  direct 
material  effect  on  the Corporation’s and the Bank’s financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and 
the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action,  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  must  meet  specific  capital 
guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Corporation’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-
balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Corporation’s and the Bank’s capital 
amounts  and  classification  are  subject  to  qualitative  judgments  by  the  regulators  about  components,  risk 
weightings, and other factors.  Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and the Bank 
to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted 
assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (all as defined in the regulations).  For both the Corporation and the 
Bank, Tier 1 capital consists of shareholders’ equity excluding any net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available 
for sale, amounts resulting from changes in the funded status of the pension plan and goodwill net of any related 
deferred tax liability, and total capital consists of Tier 1 capital and a portion of the allowance for loan losses.  For 
the Corporation only, Tier 1 and total capital also include trust preferred securities.  Risk-weighted assets for the 
Corporation and the Bank were $678.12 million and $673.82 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009 and $681.25 
million  and  $676.37  million,  respectively,  at  December  31,  2008.    Management  believes  that,  as  of  December  31, 
2009, the Corporation and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 

As  of  December  31,  2009,  the  most  recent  notification  from  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (FDIC) 
categorized  the  Bank  as  well  capitalized  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.    To  be 
categorized  as  well  capitalized,  the  Bank  must  maintain  minimum  total  risk-based,  Tier  1  risk-based  and  Tier  1 
leverage  ratios  as  set  forth  in  the  table  below.    There  are  no  conditions  or  events  since  that  notification  that 
management believes have changed the Bank’s category.  

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Corporation’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

As of December 31, 2009: 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 

As of December 31, 2008: 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 

Actual 

Minimum Capital 
Requirements 

Minimum To Be 
Well Capitalized 
Under Prompt 
Corrective Action 
Provisions 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

$107,724
103,693

15.9%
15.4    

$54,250
53,906

99,056
95,078

99,056
95,078

$83,836
81,174

73,575
72,579

73,575
72,579

14.6   
14.1   

11.5   
11.1   

12.3%
12.0   

10.8   
10.7   

8.9   
8.7   

27,125
26,953

34,450
34,258

$54,500
54,109

27,250
27,055

33,263
33,217

8.0%
8.0   

4.0   
4.0   

4.0   
4.0   

8.0%
8.0   

4.0   
4.0   

4.0   
4.0   

N/A
$67,382

N/A   
10.0% 

N/A
40,429

N/A
42,822

N/A   
6.0    

N/A   
5.0    

N/A N/A   
10.0% 

$67,637

N/A N/A   
6.0    

40,582

N/A N/A   
5.0    

41,521

On January 9, 2009, as part of the Capital Purchase Program, the Corporation issued and sold to Treasury 20,000 
shares  of  the  Corporation’s  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  having  a  liquidation  preference  of  $1,000  per  share  and  a 
Warrant  for  the  purchase  of  up  to  167,504  shares  of  the  Corporation’s  Common  Stock,  for  a  total  price  of  $20.0 
million.    The  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  the  Warrant  has  been  treated  as  Tier  1  capital  for  regulatory  capital 
adequacy determination purposes as of December 31, 2009. 

On  December  14,  2007,  the  Corporation  issued  $10.00  million  of  trust  preferred  securities  through  a  statutory 
business  trust  for  general  corporate  purposes  including  the  refinancing  of  existing  debt.    On  July  21,  2005,  the 
Corporation issued $10.00 million of trust preferred securities through a statutory business trust to partially fund 
the  purchase of 427,186 shares of the Corporation’s common stock at $41 per share on July 27, 2005.  These trust 
preferred securities may be treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes up to 
25% of Tier 1 capital after its inclusion.  Accordingly, $20.00 million and $18.39 million of the Corporation’s trust 
preferred  securities  is  included  in  Tier  1  capital  in  the  Corporation’s  capital  ratios  presented  above  for  2009  and 
2008, respectively.  The remaining $1.61 million of the Corporation’s total trust preferred securities outstanding on 
December  31,  2008  is  included  in  the  Corporation’s  total  capital  ratios  presented  above  as  a  component  of  Tier  2 
capital. 

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by 
the Bank to the Corporation.  The total amount of dividends that may be paid at any date is generally limited to the 
retained  earnings  of  the  Bank,  and  loans  or  advances  are  limited  to  10  percent  of  the  Bank’s  capital  stock  and 
surplus on a secured basis. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 15: Commitments and Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk 

The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to 
meet  the  financing  needs  of  its  customers.    These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend  credit, 
commitments to sell loans, and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve elements of credit and interest 
rate risk in excess of the amount on the balance sheet.  The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent 
of involvement the Corporation has in particular classes of financial instruments.  

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for 
commitments  to  extend  credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit  written  is  represented  by  the  contractual  amount  of 
these instruments.  

The  Bank  uses  the  same  credit  policies  in  making  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as  it  does  for  on-
balance-sheet instruments.  Collateral is obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer.  

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of the terms 
of the contract prior to funding.  Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may 
require payment of a fee by the customer.  Since many of the commitments may expire without being completely 
drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.    The  Bank 
evaluates  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.    The  total  amount  of  loan  commitments  was 
$73.97 million and $75.03 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a 
customer  to  a  third  party.    The  credit  risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is  essentially  the  same  as  that 
involved  in  extending  loans  to  customers.    The  total  contract  amount  of  standby  letters  of  credit,  whose  contract 
amounts represent credit risk, was $8.92 million and $7.82 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  

At  December  31,  2009,  C&F  Mortgage  had  rate  lock  commitments  to  originate  mortgage  loans  amounting  to 
approximately  $47.68  million  and  loans  held  for  sale  of  $28.76  million.    C&F  Mortgage  has  entered  into 
corresponding  commitments  with  third  party  investors  to  sell  loans  of  approximately  $76.44  million.    Under  the 
contractual  relationship  with  these  investors,  C&F  Mortgage  is  obligated  to  sell  the  loans,  and  the  investors  are 
obligated to purchase the loans, only if the loans close.  No other obligation exists.  As a result of these contractual 
relationships with these investors, C&F Mortgage is not exposed to losses nor will it realize gains related to its rate 
lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. 

C&F Mortgage sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party investors, some of 
whom  require  the  repurchase  of  loans  in  the  event  of  loss  due  to  borrower  misrepresentation,  fraud  or  early 
default.  Mortgage loans and their related servicing rights are sold under agreements that define certain eligibility 
criteria for the mortgage loans.  Recourse periods vary from 90 days up to one year and conditions for repurchase 
vary with the investor.  C&F Mortgage maintains an indemnification reserve for potential claims made under these 
recourse  provisions.    Risks  also  arise  from  the  possible  inability  of  counterparties  to  meet  the  terms  of  their 
contracts.  C&F Mortgage has procedures in place to evaluate the credit risk of investors and does not expect any 
counterparty to fail to meet its obligations. 

The  Corporation  is  committed  under  noncancelable  operating  leases  for  certain  office  locations.    Rent  expense 
associated  with  these  operating  leases  was  $1.23  million,  $1.30  million  and  $1.19  million,  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future  minimum  lease  payments  due  under  these  leases  as  of  December  31,  2009  are  as  follows  (dollars  in 
thousands):  

2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 

$1,091 
850
360
98
33
-- 
$2,432

NOTE 16: Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities  

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit 
price)  in  the  principal  or  most  advantageous  market  for  the  asset  or  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between 
market participants on the measurement date. U.S. GAAP requires that valuation techniques maximize the use of 
observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. U.S. GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy 
which  prioritizes  the  valuation  inputs  into  three  broad  levels.  Based  on  the  underlying  inputs,  each  fair  value 
measurement in its entirety is reported in one of the three levels. These levels are: 

  Level 1—Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. Level 1 
assets and liabilities include debt and equity securities traded in an active exchange market, as well as U.S. 
Treasury securities. 

  Level 2—Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for 
identical  or  similar  instruments  in markets that are not active, and model based valuation techniques for 
which  all  significant  assumptions  are  observable  in  the  market  or  can  be  corroborated  by  observable 
market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. 

  Level  3—Valuation  is  determined  using  model-based  techniques  with  significant  assumptions  not 

observable in the market.  

U.S.  GAAP  allows  an  entity  the  irrevocable  option  to  elect  fair  value  (the  fair  value  option)  for  the  initial  and 
subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. The Corporation 
has not made any fair value option elections as of December 31, 2009. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis 

The following table presents the balances of financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis. There were 
no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2009 or 2008. 

December 31, 2009 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Securities Available for Sale 

U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Preferred stock 

Total Securities Available for Sale 

Assets at Fair 
Value 

$      9,743 
2,709 
104,867 
1,251 
$  118,570 

Fair Value Measurements Using 
Level 2 

Level 1 

Level 3 

$      9,743 
2,709 
104,867 
1,251 
$  118,570 

--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 

--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 
--- 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Securities Available for Sale(1) 

December 31, 2008 

Fair Value Measurements Using 
Level 2 
$  100,603 

Level 1 
--- 

Level 3 
--- 

Assets at Fair 
Value 
$  100,603 

(1) 

Securities available for sale were not broken out by security type at December 31, 2008, as the fair value and disclosure requirements are 

applied prospectively. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis 

The  Corporation  is  also  required  to  measure  and  recognize  certain  other  financial  assets  at  fair  value  on  a 
nonrecurring basis in the consolidated balance sheet.  For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and 
still  held  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets,  the  following  table  provides  the  fair  value  measures  by  level  of 
valuation assumptions used. Fair value adjustments for OREO are recorded in other non-interest expense, and fair 
value  adjustments  for  loans  held  for  investment  are  recorded  in  the  provision  for  loan  losses  in  the  consolidated 
statements of income. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Loans, net 
OREO  

Total  

(Dollars in thousands) 
Loans, net 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

December 31, 2009 
Fair Value Measurements Using 
Level 2 
$    3,893 
12,800 
$  16,693 

Level 3 
--- 
--- 
--- 

Level 1 
--- 
--- 
--- 

December 31, 2008 
Fair Value Measurements Using 
Level 2 
$  15,894 

Level 3 
--- 

Level 1 
--- 

Assets at Fair 
Value 
$    3,893 
12,800 
$  16,693 

Assets at Fair 
Value 
$  15,894 

The following reflects the fair value of financial instruments whether or not recognized on the consolidated balance 
sheet at fair value. 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Financial assets: 
  Cash and short-term investments 
  Securities 
  Net loans 
  Loans held for sale, net 
  Accrued interest receivable 
Financial liabilities: 
  Demand deposits 
  Time deposits 
  Borrowings 
  Accrued interest payable 

December 31, 

2009 

2008 

Carrying 
Amount 

Estimated 
Carrying 
Fair Value  Amount 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

$   38,061   
118,570 
613,004 
28,756 
5,408 

$   38,061   
118,570 
611,420 
29,032 
5,408 

$    9,888   
100,603 
633,017 
37,042 
5,096 

$    9,888   
100,603 
634,928 
37,904 
5,096 

292,096 
314,534 
170,832 
1,569 

276,935 
319,593 
166,533 
1,569 

281,827 
268,898 
219,460 
1,921 

272,164 
272,340 
210,640 
1,921 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Corporation to measure financial assets and financial 
liabilities at fair value as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. 

Cash and short-term investments.  The nature of these instruments and their relatively short maturities provide for 
the reporting of fair value equal to the historical cost.  

Securities Available for Sale.  Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Where 
quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified as Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.  Level 
1 securities would include highly liquid government bonds, mortgage products and exchange-traded equities.  If 
quoted  market  prices  are  not  available,  then  fair  values  are  estimated  by  using  pricing  models,  quoted  prices  of 
securities  with  similar  characteristics,  or  discounted  cash  flow  and  are  classified  within  Level  2  of  the  valuation 
hierarchy.  Level 2 securities would include U.S. agency securities, mortgage-backed agency securities, obligations 
of states and political subdivisions and certain corporate, asset-backed and other securities.  In certain cases where 
there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 
of the valuation hierarchy. 

Loans, net.  The estimated fair value of the loan portfolio is based on present values using discount rates equal to 
the market rates currently charged on similar products.  

Certain  loans  are  accounted  for  under  ASC  Topic  310  -  Receivables,  including  impaired  loans  measured  at  an 
observable market price (if available), or at the fair value of the loan’s collateral (if the loan is collateral dependent).  
Collateral  may  be  in  the  form  of  real  estate  or  business  assets  including  equipment,  inventory  and  accounts 
receivable.  A significant portion of the collateral securing the Corporation’s impaired loans is real estate.  The fair 
value of real estate collateral is determined utilizing an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal 
conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Corporation using observable market data (Level 
2).  However, if an appraisal of the real estate property is over two years old, then the fair value is considered Level 
3.  The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal if deemed significant, or the net book value 
on  the  applicable  business’s  financial  statements  if  not  considered  significant  using  observable  market  data.  
Likewise, values for inventory and accounts receivable collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging 
reports (Level 3).  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Corporation’s impaired loans were valued at $3.89 million 
and $15.89 million, respectively. 

Loans Held for Sale.  Loans held for sale are required to be measured at the lower of cost or fair value.  These loans 
currently consist of residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market.  Fair value is based on the price 
secondary  markets  are  currently  offering  for  similar  loans  using  observable  market  data,  which  is  not  generally 
materially  different  than  cost  due  to  the  short  duration  between  origination  and  sale  (Level  2).    As  such,  the 
Corporation records any fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis.  No nonrecurring fair value adjustments 
were recorded on loans held for sale during the year ended December 31, 2009. 

Accrued interest receivable.  The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates fair value. 

Deposits.    The  fair  value  of  all  demand  deposit  accounts  is  the  amount  payable  at  the  report  date.  For  all  other 
deposits, the fair value is determined using the discounted cash flow method.  The discount rate was equal to the 
rate currently offered on similar products.  

Borrowings.    The  fair  value  of  borrowings  is  determined  using  the  discounted  cash  flow  method.    The  discount 
rate was equal to the rate currently offered on similar products.  

Accrued interest payable.  The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates fair value. 

Letters of credit.  The estimated fair value of letters of credit is based on estimated fees the Corporation would pay 
to  have  another  entity  assume  its  obligation  under  the  outstanding  arrangements.   These fees are not considered 
material. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unused  portions  of  lines  of  credit.    The  estimated  fair  value  of  unused  portions  of  lines  of  credit  is  based  on 
estimated  fees  the  Corporation  would  pay  to  have  another  entity  assume  its  obligation  under  the  outstanding 
arrangements.  These fees are not considered material. 

The  Corporation  assumes  interest  rate  risk  (the  risk that general interest rate levels will change) as a result of its 
normal operations.  As a result, the fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments will change when interest 
rate  levels  change  and  that  change  may  be  either  favorable  or  unfavorable  to  the  Corporation.    Management 
attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to balance minimizing interest 
rate  risk  and  increasing  net  interest  income  in  current  market  conditions.  However,  borrowers  with  fixed  rate 
obligations  are  less  likely  to  prepay  in  a  rising  rate  environment  and  more  likely  to  prepay  in  a  falling  rate 
environment.    Conversely,  depositors  who  are  receiving  fixed  rates  are  more  likely  to  withdraw  funds  before 
maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment.  Management monitors 
rates, maturities and repricing dates of assets and liabilities and attempts to manage interest rate risk by adjusting 
terms  of  new  loans,  deposits  and  borrowings  and  by  investing  in  securities  with  terms  that  mitigate  the 
Corporation’s overall interest rate risk.  

NOTE 17: Business Segments  

The  Corporation  operates  in  a  decentralized  fashion  in  three  principal  business  segments:    Retail  Banking, 
Mortgage Banking and Consumer Finance.  Revenues from Retail Banking operations consist primarily of interest 
earned on loans and investment securities and service charges on deposit accounts.  Mortgage Banking operating 
revenues  consist  principally  of  gains  on  sales  of  loans  in  the  secondary  market,  loan  origination  fee  income  and 
interest  earned  on  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale.    Revenues  from  Consumer  Finance  consist  primarily  of  interest 
earned on automobile retail installment sales contracts. 

The Corporation’s other segments include an investment company that derives revenues from brokerage services, 
an  insurance  company  that  derives  revenues  from  insurance  services,  and  a  title  company  that  derives  revenues 
from title insurance services.  The results of these other segments are not significant to the Corporation as a whole 
and have been included in “Other.”  Revenue and expenses of the Corporation are also included in “Other,” and 
consist primarily of dividends received on the Corporation’s investment in equity securities and interest expense 
associated with the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income (loss) 
Expenses: 
Provision for loan losses 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income (loss) 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

Year Ended December 31, 2009 

Retail 
Banking 

Mortgage 
Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations 

Consolidated 

$  31,590 
— 
603 
32,193 

$    259  
—   
1,095  
1,354  

$   (3,370) 
—  
—  
(3,370) 

11,600 
4,881 
5,183 
2,713 
24,377 
7,816 
3,022 
$     4,794 
$ 193,817 
$   10,724 
$          66 

—  
1,124  
673  
490  
2,287  
(933) 
(379) 
$   (554) 
$  2,579  
$       —  
$         1  

— 
(3,401) 
—  
—  
(3,401) 
31  
11  
$          20  
$ (87,879) 
$          —  
$          —  

$   64,971 
24,976 
11,713 
101,660 

18,563 
15,459 
35,118 
25,049 
94,189 
7,471 
1,945 
$     5,526 
$ 888,430 
$   10,724 
$        474 

$    34,021  
—  
5,804  
39,825  

6,400  
12,588  
13,881  
12,472  
45,341  
  (5,516) 
(3,352) 
$   (2,164) 
$ 739,390  
$          —  
$        155  

$    2,471 
24,976 
4,211 
31,658 

563 
267 
15,381 
9,374 
25,585 
6,073 
2,643 
 $   3,430 
$ 40,523 
$        — 
$      252 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income (loss) 
Expenses: 
Provision for loan losses 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income (loss) 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Provision for loan losses 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income (loss) 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

Year Ended December 31, 2008 

Retail 
Banking 

Mortgage 
Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations 

Consolidated 

$   36,376   
—   
6,033   
42,409   

$    2,034  
16,714  
2,168  
20,916  

$  28,955    $      194   
—  
(333) 
(139) 

—   
588   
29,543   

$   (3,429)   
(21)   
—    
(3,450)   

$   64,130   
16,693   
8,456   
89,279   

2,300   
15,873   
13,378   
9,927   
41,478   
931   
(764)  
$    1,695   
$697,882   
$         —   
$      395    

796  
370  
8,889  
8,498  
18,553  
2,363  
898  
$   1,465  
$ 45,132  
$        —  
$      215  

10,670   
7,178   
4,662   
2,715   
25,225   
4,318   
1,603   

—    
1,459   
758   
456   
2,673   
(2,812) 
(1,119) 
$     2,715    $ (1,693) 
$ 178,679    $  2,521  
$   10,724    $      —   
$        114    $         4  

—    
(3,485)   
37    
—    
(3,448)   
(2)   
(1)   
$         (1)   
$(68,557)   
$         —    
$         —    

13,766   
21,395   
27,724   
21,596   
84,481   
4,798   
617   
$    4,181   
$855,657   
$  10,724   
$       728   

Year Ended December 31, 2007 

Retail 
Banking 

Mortgage 
Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations 

Consolidated 

$   39,908   
—   
5,316   
45,224   

280   
16,616   
14,626   
 8,591   
40,113   
5,111   
871   
$    4,240   
$634,722   
$         —   
$   1,711    

$    2,482  
 15,854  
 2,790  
 21,126  

120   
992   
11,095   
6,090   
18,297   
2,829   
1,075   
$   1,754   
$ 44,841   
$        —   
$     273    

$  26,060    $    295   
—   
 1,349  
 1,644  

—   
590   
26,650   

$   (3,920)   
(21)   
—    
(3,941)   

$   64,825   
15,833   
10,045   
90,703   

6,730   
8,708   
4,317   
2,470   
22,225   
4,425   
1,681   

—    
1,055   
720   
433   
2,208   
(564)  
(292)  
$     2,744    $   (272)  
$ 167,400    $      40   
$   10,724    $      —   
$        267    $      —   

—    
(3,993)   
29    
—    
(3,964)   
23    
9    
$         14    
$(61,407)   
$         —    
$         —    

7,130   
23,378   
30,787   
17,584   
78,879   
11,824   
3,344   
$    8,480   
$785,596   
$  10,724   
$    2,251   

The  Retail  Banking  segment  extends  a  warehouse  line  of  credit  to  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment,  providing  a 
portion  of  the  funds  needed  to  originate  mortgage  loans.    The  Retail  Banking  segment  charges  the  Mortgage 
Banking  segment  interest  at  the  daily  FHLB  advance  rate  plus  50  basis  points.    The  Retail  Banking  segment  also 
provides  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  with  a  portion  of  the  funds  needed  to  originate  loans  by  means  of  a 
variable rate line of credit that carries interest at one-month LIBOR plus 175 basis points and fixed rate loans that 
carry interest rates ranging from 5.4 percent to 8.0 percent.  The Retail Banking segment acquires certain residential 
real estate loans from the Mortgage Banking segment at prices similar to those paid by third-party investors.  These 
transactions  are  eliminated  to  reach  consolidated  totals.    Certain  corporate  overhead  costs  incurred  by  the  Retail 
Banking segment are not allocated to the Mortgage Banking, Consumer Finance and Other segments. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 18: Parent Company Condensed Financial Information  

Financial information for the parent company is as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   
Balance Sheets 
Assets 
  Cash 
  Securities available for sale 
  Other assets 

Investments in subsidiary 
  Total assets 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity 
  Trust preferred capital notes 
  Other liabilities 
  Shareholders’ equity 

  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

(Dollars in thousands)   
Statements of Income 
Interest income on securities 
Interest expense on borrowings 
Dividends received from bank subsidiary 
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Net income 

December 31, 

2009 

2008 

$       510 
1,251 
2,917 
104,889 
$109,567 

$  20,620 
71 
88,876 
$109,567 

$        92 
1,612 
3,266 
80,607 
$85,577 

$20,620 
100 
64,857 
$85,577 

Year Ended December 31, 
2007 
2008 
2009 
$      92  
$      292  
$      189  
(1,070) 
(1,306) 
(874) 
4,220  
19,394  
3,859  
2,293  
(10,325) 
2,258  
675  
584  
1,358  
(684) 
(2,177) 
(591) 
 $   5,526  
 $   8,480  
 $   4,181  

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)   
Statements of Cash Flows 
Operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
  activities: 
  Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary 
  Stock-based compensation 
  Net loss (gain) on securities 
  Other-than-temporary impairment of securities 
  Decrease (increase) in other assets 

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities 
  Net cash provided by operating activities 
Investing activities: 
Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities 
Purchase of securities 
Investment in bank subsidiary 
Investment in statutory trust 
  Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities 
Financing activities: 
Net decrease in borrowings 
Issuance of trust preferred capital notes 
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock 
Purchase of common stock 
Cash dividends 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
  Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

  Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at beginning of year 
Cash at end of year 

NOTE 19: Other Noninterest Expenses 

Year Ended December 31, 
2008 

2009 

2007 

$   5,526   

$   4,181   

$   8,480   

(2,293)  
318   
22   
—   
349   
(2)  
3,920   

265   
—  
(19,927) 
—  
(19,662) 

—  
—  
19,914  
—  
(4,080)  
326   
16,160   
418   
92   
$      510   

(2,258)  
292   
(6)  
1,575   
(1,222)  
5   
2,567   

860   
—  
—  
—  
860   

—  
—  
—  
(40)  
(3,754)  
312   
 (3,482)  
(55)  
147   
$      92   

10,325   
299   
—   
—   
(391)  
4   
18,717   

500   
(555)  
(10,000)  
(310)  
(10,365)  

(7,000)  
10,310   
—   
(8,435)  
(3,769)  
567   
(8,327)  
25   
122   
$      147   

The  following  table  presents  the  significant  components  in  the  statements  of  income  line  “Noninterest  Expenses-
Other Expenses.” 

Year Ended December 31, 
2008 
$     369      
1,091      
749      
1,108      
906      
641      
1,895      
8,806      
$15,565      

2009 
$  1,341      
2,490      
3,267      
1,057      
614      
1,018      
2,122      
7,426      
$19,335      

2007 
$        62     
97     
74     
1,107     
1,224     
658     
1,531     
6,773     
$11,526     

(Dollars in thousands) 
FDIC expenses 
Provision for indemnification losses 
Loan and OREO expenses 
Telecommunication expenses 
Marketing and advertising expenses 
Tax service and investor fees 
Data processing fees 
All other noninterest expenses 
      Total Other Noninterest Expenses 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 20: Quarterly Condensed Statements of Income—Unaudited 

Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts) 
Total interest income 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Net income 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 
Dividends per common share 

Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts) 
Total interest income 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Net income available to common shareholders 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 
Dividends per common share 

NOTE 21: Subsequent Event 

March 31 
$15,437   
7,152   
 9,241   
14,486   
1,907   
1,508   
1,248   
0.41   
0.31   

March 31 
$15,904   
7,808   
 6,068   
12,053   
1,823   
1,428   
0.46   
0.31   

2009 Quarter Ended 
June 30  September 30  December 31 
$16,784   
$16,625    
$16,125    
 7,525   
8,535    
7,737    
 8,930   
8,560    
9,958    
15,655   
14,721    
15,305    
800   
2,374    
2,390    
610   
1,658    
1,750    
319   
1,367    
1,462    
0.10   
0.45    
0.48    
0.25   
0.25    
0.25    

2008 Quarter Ended 
June 30  September 30  December 31 
$15,932   
$16,386    
$15,908    
 5,868   
7,922    
7,371    
 6,076   
5,823    
7,182    
11,732   
12,812    
12,723    
933    
1,830    
212   
1,037   
299    
1,417    
0.34   
0.10    
0.46    
0.31   
0.31    
0.31    

The  Corporation  evaluates  subsequent  events  that  have  occurred  after  the  balance  sheet  date  but  before  the 
financial  statements  are  issued. There  are  two  types  of  subsequent  events:  (1)  recognized,  or  those  that  provide 
additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent 
in  the  process  of  preparing  financial  statements,  and  (2)  nonrecognized,  or  those  that  provide  evidence  about 
conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet but arose after that date.  

Based on the evaluation, the Corporation did not identify any recognized or nonrecognized subsequent events that 
would have required adjustment to or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 
C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary 
West Point, Virginia 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary as of 
December  31,  2009  and  2008,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  shareholders’  equity,  and  cash 
flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.  These financial statements are the responsibility of 
the Corporation’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on 
our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the 
accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results 
of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, in conformity with 
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States),  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission,  and  our  report  dated  March  3,  2010  expressed  an 
unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting. 

Winchester, Virginia 
March 3, 2010 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure  Controls  and  Procedures.    The  Corporation’s  management,  with  the  participation  of  the 
Corporation’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  has  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act 
of  1934,  as  amended  (the  Exchange  Act))  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report.    Based  on  that 
evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  have  concluded  that  the  Corporation’s 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2009 to ensure that information required to be 
disclosed  by  the  Corporation  in  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed, 
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is 
accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Corporation’s  management,  including  the  Corporation’s  Chief  Executive 
Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  
Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance 
that  the  Corporation’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  will  detect  or  uncover  every  situation  involving  the 
failure of persons within the Corporation or its subsidiary to disclose material information required to be set forth 
in the Corporation’s periodic reports. 

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.    Management  of  the  Corporation  is  also 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 
13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act).  Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may 
not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.    Therefore,  even  those  systems  determined  to  be  effective  can  provide  only 
reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December  31,  2009.    In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework.  Based 
on  our  assessment,  we  believe  that,  as  of  December  31,  2009,  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting was effective based on those criteria. 

The effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 has 
been audited by Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C., the independent registered public accounting firm who also audited 
the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Yount, Hyde & 
Barbour, P.C.’s attestation report on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting appears on pages 99 
and 100 hereof. 

Changes  in  Internal  Controls.    There  were  no  changes  in  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  during  the  Corporation’s  quarter  ended  December  31,  2009  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 
C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary 
West Point, Virginia 

We  have  audited  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee 
of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.    C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary’s 
management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment 
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report 
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.    Our  audit 
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the 
assessed  risk.    Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the 
circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A  corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A corporation’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (a)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the corporation; (b) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to  permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  corporation  are  being 
made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  corporation;  and  (c)  provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of 
the corporation’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.    Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  our  opinion,  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  shareholders’ 
equity and cash flows of C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary and our report dated March 3, 2010 expressed 
an unqualified opinion. 

Winchester, Virginia 
March 3, 2010 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information with respect to the directors of the Corporation is contained on pages 4 through 7 of the 
2010  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Election  of  Directors,”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The 
information regarding the Section 16(a) reporting requirements of the directors and executive officers is contained 
on  page  40  of  the  2010  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting 
Compliance,”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The  information  concerning  executive  officers  of  the 
Corporation  is  included  after  Item  4  of  this  Form  10-K  under  the  caption,  “Executive  Officers  of  the  Registrant.”  
The Corporation has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (Code) that applies to its directors, executives 
and employees including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and 
controller,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions. 
  This  Code  is  posted  on  our  Internet  website  at 
http://www.cffc.com under “About C&F/C&F Financial Corporation/Corporate Governance.”  We will provide a 
copy of the Code to any person without charge upon written request to C&F Financial Corporation, c/o Secretary, 
P.O. Box 391, West Point, Virginia 23181.  We intend to provide any required disclosure of any amendment to or 
waiver from the Code that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting 
officer  or  controller,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions,  on  http://www.cffc.com  under  “About  C&F/C&F 
Financial  Corporation/Corporate  Governance”  promptly  following  the  amendment  or  waiver.    We  may  elect  to 
disclose any such amendment or waiver in a report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC either in addition to or in lieu 
of the website disclosure.  The information contained on or connected to our Internet website is not incorporated by 
reference in this report and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file or furnish to the 
SEC. 

The  board  of  directors  of  the  Corporation  has  a  standing  Audit  Committee,  which  is  comprised  of  four 
directors who satisfy all of the following criteria:  (i) meet the independence requirements of the NASDAQ Stock 
Market’s  (NASDAQ)  listing  standards,  (ii)  have  not  accepted  directly  or  indirectly  any  consulting,  advisory,  or 
other  compensatory  fee  from  the  Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries,  (iii)  are  not  an  affiliated  person  of  the 
Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  and  (iv)  are  competent  to  read  and  understand  financial  statements.    In 
addition, at least one member of the Audit Committee has past employment experience in finance or accounting or 
comparable  experience  that  results  in  the  individual’s  financial  sophistication.    The  members  of  the  Audit 
Committee are Messrs. J. P. Causey Jr., Barry R. Chernack, C. Elis Olsson and William E. O’Connell Jr.  The board 
of  directors  has  determined  that  the  chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee,  Mr.  Barry  R.  Chernack,  qualifies  as  an 
“audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of applicable regulations of the SEC, promulgated pursuant 
to the SOX Act.  Mr. Chernack is independent of management based on the independence requirements set forth in 
the NASDAQ’s listing standards’ definition of “independent director.” 

The Corporation provides an informal process for security holders to send communications to its board of 
directors.    Security  holders  who  wish  to  contact  the  board  of  directors  or  any  of  its  members  may  do  so  by 
addressing  their  written  correspondence  to  C&F  Financial  Corporation,  Board  of  Directors,  c/o  Corporate 
Secretary, P.O. Box 391, West Point, Virginia 23181.  Correspondence directed to an individual board member will 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
be  referred,  unopened,  to  that  member.    Correspondence  not  directed  to  a  particular  board  member  will  be 
referred, unopened, to the Chairman of the Board. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  contained  on  pages  13  through  31  of  the  2010  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions, 
“Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  “Compensation  Policies  and  Practices  as  They 
Relate  to  Risk  Management,”  “Executive  Compensation”  and  “Compensation  Committee  Report,”  and  the 
information  on  pages  31  through  36  of  the  2010  Proxy  Statement  are  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The 
information regarding director compensation contained on pages 11 and 12 of the 2010 Proxy Statement under the 
caption, “Director Compensation,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information contained on page 3 of the 2010 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Security Ownership 

of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” is incorporated herein by reference.  

The  information  contained  on  page  40  of  the  2010  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Equity 

Compensation Plan Information,” is incorporated herein by reference.   

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

The information contained on pages 12 and 13 of the 2010 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Interest of 
Management in Certain Transactions,” is incorporated herein by reference.  The information contained on page 8 of 
the 2010 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Director Independence,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14. 

 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  contained  on  page  39  of  the  2010  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions,  “Principal 

Accountant Fees” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

 (a)   Exhibits: 

3.1 

Articles  of  Incorporation  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-KSB filed March 29, 1996) 

3.1.1  Amendment  to  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  (incorporated  by 

reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009) 

3.2 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of C&F Financial Corporation, as adopted October 16, 2007 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed October 22, 2007) 

Certain instruments relating to trust preferred securities not being registered have been omitted in 
accordance  with  Item  601(b)(4)(iii)  of  Regulation  S-K.    The  registrant  will  furnish  a  copy  of  any 
such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request. 

4.1 

4.2 

*10.1 

*10.3 

Certificate of Designations for 20,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred 
Stock,  Series  A  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1.1  to  Form  8-K  filed  January  14, 
2009) 

Warrant  to  Purchase  up  to  167,504  shares  of  Common  Stock,  dated  January  9,  2009 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009) 

Amended  and  Restated Change in Control Agreement dated December 30, 2008 between 
C&F Financial Corporation and Larry G. Dillon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2009) 

Amended  and  Restated Change in Control Agreement dated December 30, 2008 between 
C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Thomas  F.  Cherry  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.3 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2009) 

*10.4 

Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial 
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

*10.4.1  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified  Deferred 
Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation  dated  as  of  December  31,  2008 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2009) 

*10.4.2  Attachment  to  the  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified 
Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation  dated  as  of  January  1,  2008 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

*10.4.3  Amendment  to  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified 
Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation  effectively  dated  as  of 
December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.3 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 
2009) 

*10.4.4  Amendment  to  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified 
Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation  effectively  dated  as  of 
January 1, 2009 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*10.5 

Restated  VBA  Directors’  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

*10.5.1  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Director’s  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for 
C&F  Financial  Corporation  dated  as  of  December  31,  2008  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.5.1 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2009) 

*10.5.2  Amendment  to  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Directors’  Deferred 
Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial  Corporation  effectively  dated  as  of  December  31, 
2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.2 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2009) 

*10.6 

*10.7 

*10.8 

*10.9 

Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1994 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

Incentive  Stock  Plan 

Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1998  Non-Employee  Director  Stock 
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 
2008) 

Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1999  Regional  Director  Stock 
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 
2008) 

C&F  Financial  Corporation  Management  Incentive  Plan  dated  February  25,  2005,  as 
amended  March  6,  2006  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.8  to  Form  10-K  filed 
March 9, 2006) 

*10.10  Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  2004 

Incentive  Stock  Plan 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Form 10-K filed March 7, 2008) 

*10.10.1  Form of C&F Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference 

to Exhibit 10.10.1 to Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2008) 

*10.10.2  Form of C&F Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference 

to Exhibit 10.10.2 to Form 8-K filed December 8, 2009) 

*10.10.3  Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  TARP-Compliant  Restricted  Stock  Agreement 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.3 to Form 8-K filed December 8, 2009) 

*10.11 

Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed December 29, 2004) 

*10.12  Employment  Agreement  dated  April  16,  2002  between  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and 
Bryan  McKernon,  as  amended  December  19,  2006  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.11 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2007) 

*10.12.1  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement  between  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and  Bryan 
McKernon, dated December 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.1  to Form 
10-K filed March 9, 2009) 

*10.14  Amended  and  Restated Change in Control Agreement dated December 30, 2008 between 
C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Bryan  McKernon  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.14 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2009) 

*10.15 

Schedule  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Non-Employee  Directors’  Annual  Compensation 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2005) 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*10.16  Base Salaries for Named Executive Officers of C&F Financial Corporation  

*10.17 

Form of C&F Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.16 to Form 8-K filed December 18, 2006) 

10.19  Amended  and  Restated  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  by  and  between  Wells  Fargo 
Preferred Capital, Inc., various financial institutions and C&F Finance Company dated as 
of August 25, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Form 8-K filed August 28, 
2008) 

10.24  Letter  Agreement,  dated  January  9,  2009,  including  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement-
Standard  Terms  incorporated  by  reference  therein,  between  C&F  Financial  Corporation 
and the United States Depart of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to 
Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009) 

*10.25 

Form  of  Waiver  executed  by  each  of  Larry  G.  Dillon,  Thomas  F.  Cherry  and  Bryan  E. 
McKernon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009) 

*10.26  Omnibus Benefit Plan Amendment dated January 9, 2009, and Form of Consent executed 
by  each  of  Larry  G.  Dillon,  Thomas  F.  Cherry  and  Bryan  E.  McKernon  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Form 8-K filed January 14, 2009) 

21 

23 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C. 

31.1 

  Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

31.2 

  Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

32 

Certification of CEO/CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 

99.1 

Certification of CEO pursuant to 31 C.F.R. Section 30.15 

99.2 

Certification of CFO pursuant to 31 C.F.R. Section 30.15 

*Indicates management contract 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date:  March 3, 2010 

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

(Registrant) 

By:  /s/ Larry G. Dillon 
Larry G. Dillon 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Date:  March 3, 2010 

Date:  March 3, 2010 

Date:  March 3, 2010 

Date:  March 3, 2010 

Date:  March 3, 2010 

Date:  March 3, 2010 

Date:  March 3, 2010 

Date:     March 3, 2010 

Date:  March 3, 2010 

Date:  March 3, 2010 

/s/ Larry G. Dillon 
Larry G. Dillon, Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Thomas F. Cherry 
Thomas F. Cherry, Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

/s/ J. P. Causey Jr. 
J. P. Causey Jr., Director 

/s/ Barry R. Chernack 
Barry R. Chernack, Director 

/s/ Audrey D. Holmes   
Audrey D. Holmes, Director 

/s/ James H. Hudson III          
James H. Hudson III, Director 

/s/ Joshua H. Lawson 
Joshua H. Lawson, Director 

/s/ William E. O’Connell Jr.                     
William E. O’Connell Jr., Director 

/s/ C. Elis Olsson 
C. Elis Olsson, Director 

/s/ Paul C. Robinson 
Paul C. Robinson, Director 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  graph  compares  the  yearly  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  on  C&F  Financial 
Corporation’s  (the  Corporation)  common  stock  with  the  yearly  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  on  stocks 
included  in  (1)  the  NASDAQ  Total  Return  Index  and  (2)  the  NASDAQ  Bank  Index.    The  graph  assumes  $100 
invested on December 31, 2004 in the Corporation, the NASDAQ Total Return Index and the NASDAQ Bank Index 
and shows the total return on such an investment, assuming reinvestment of dividends as of December 31, 2009.  
There can be no assurance that the Corporation’s stock performance in the future will continue with the same or 
similar trends depicted in the graph below. 

C&F Financial Corporation

Total Return Performance

140

120

100

80

60

40

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

C&F Financial Corporation

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Bank

20
12/31/04

12/31/05

12/31/06

12/31/07

12/31/08

12/31/09

Index
C&F Financial Corporation
NASDAQ Composite
NASDAQ Bank

Period Ending
12/31/04 12/31/05 12/31/06 12/31/07 12/31/08 12/31/09
58.01
104.31
51.31

104.07
111.03
106.20

100.00
100.00
100.00

81.67
121.92
82.76

95.10
101.37
95.67

45.05
72.49
62.96

 
 
 
 
 
 
39d09_1058 cvr rev:Layout 1  3/4/10  12:19 PM  Page 2

OUR VALUES

We Believe . . .

Excellence is the standard for all we do, achieved by encouraging and

nourishing: respect for others; honest, open communication; individual

development and satisfaction; a sense of ownership and responsibility for

the Corporation’s success; participation, cooperation and teamwork;

creativity, innovation, and initiative; prudent risk-taking; and recognition

and rewards for achievement.

We must conduct ourselves morally and ethically at all times and in 

all relationships.

We have an obligation to the well-being of all the communities we serve.

That our officers and staff are our most important assets, making the

critical difference in how the Corporation performs; and through their

work and effort, separates us from all competitors.

INVESTOR RELATIONS & FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C&F Financial Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, may be obtained without charge by vis-
iting the Corporation’s website at www.cffc.com. 

Copies of these documents can also be obtained without charge
upon written request. Requests for this or other financial infor-
mation about C&F Financial Corporation should be directed to:

Thomas Cherry
Executive Vice President, CFO & Secretary
C&F Financial Corporation
P.O. Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

STOCK LISTING
Current market quotations for the common
stock of C&F Financial Corporation are
available under the symbol CFFI.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
serves as transfer agent for the Corporation.
You may write them at: 

59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level
New York, NY 10038
telephone them toll-free at:

1-800-937-5449
or visit their website at:
www.amstock.com

C&F Annual Report // 2009  

C&F Annual Report // 2009

39d09_1058 cvr rev:Layout 1  3/4/10  12:19 PM  Page 1

3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168
757-741-2201

802 Main Street
PO Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

www.cffc.com